Drop some properties to avoid surprises.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobbcf73e55d951b4e0adc0147c8bdb926d6ffc3432
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19143 36132))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19005 47381))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19143 36132))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19005 47402))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19180 20244))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19198
125 ;;;;;; 52510))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19143 36131))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
391 ;;;***
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19005 47381))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 \(fn)" t nil)
482 ;;;***
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (19198 52510))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
637 Topic Encryption
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
683 Extending Allout
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
696 Terminology
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
789 ;;;***
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19220 31146))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
811 ;;;***
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19147 60029))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
839 ;;;***
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19227 52826))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
848 \(fn)" t nil)
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
865 ;;;***
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19180 20244))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
888 \(fn)" t nil)
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
894 \(fn)" t nil)
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
902 ;;;***
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19106 34047))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
917 \(fn)" t nil)
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
941 ;;;***
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19198 52510))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1046 ;;;***
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19217
1049 ;;;;;; 31365))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1067 ;;;***
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19005 47381))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1138 ;;;***
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19198
1141 ;;;;;; 52189))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1236 Settings
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1252 Drawing with keys
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1273 Arrows
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1282 Selecting operation
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1308 Variables
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1333 Hooks
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1339 Keymap summary
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1345 ;;;***
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19005
1348 ;;;;;; 47403))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1373 ;;;***
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (19005 47381))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1427 ;;;***
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (19135 60434))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1438 ;;;***
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19097 14259))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1476 ;;;***
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (19188 28366))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1487 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1488 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1489 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1490 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1491 save the buffer too.
1493 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1495 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1497 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1498 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1499 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1500 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1501 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1502 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1504 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1505 directory or directories specified.
1507 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1509 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1511 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1513 \(fn)" nil nil)
1515 ;;;***
1517 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1518 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1519 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19097 14259))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1522 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1523 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1525 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1526 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1527 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1528 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1529 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1533 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1534 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1536 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1537 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1539 \(fn)" nil nil)
1541 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1542 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1543 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1545 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1546 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1547 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1548 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1549 reflected in the current buffer.
1551 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1552 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1553 writing before you save the file!
1555 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1560 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1562 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1563 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1565 \(fn)" nil nil)
1567 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1568 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1569 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1571 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1572 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1574 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1576 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1577 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1578 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1579 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1581 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1582 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1583 to revert a particular buffer.
1585 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1586 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1587 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1588 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1589 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1591 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1592 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1593 specifies in the mode line.
1595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1597 ;;;***
1599 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1600 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19005 47381))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1603 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1604 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1605 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1607 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1609 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1611 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1612 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1613 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1614 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1616 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1617 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1618 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1620 Effects of the different modes:
1621 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1622 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1623 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1624 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1625 a random distance & direction.
1626 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1627 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1628 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1630 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1632 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1633 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1634 definition of \"random distance\".)
1636 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1638 ;;;***
1640 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1641 ;;;;;; (19005 47381))
1642 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1643 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1645 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1646 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1647 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1648 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1650 \(fn)" t nil)
1652 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1653 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1654 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1657 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1659 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1661 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1662 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1663 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1664 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1665 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1666 seconds.
1668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1670 ;;;***
1672 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1673 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19005 47389))
1674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1676 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1677 Time execution of FORMS.
1678 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1679 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1680 FORMS once.
1681 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1682 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1683 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1685 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1687 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1688 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1689 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1690 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1691 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1693 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1695 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1696 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1697 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1698 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1699 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1701 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1703 ;;;***
1705 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1706 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19227 52849))
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1709 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1710 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1711 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1712 of corresponding buffers.
1713 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1714 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1715 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1716 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1717 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1718 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1720 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1722 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1723 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1725 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1727 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1728 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1729 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1730 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1732 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1733 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1734 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1735 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1736 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1738 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1739 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1742 Special information:
1744 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1746 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1747 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1748 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1749 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1750 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1751 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1752 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1753 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1754 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1755 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1756 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1758 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1759 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1760 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1761 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1762 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1763 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1764 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1765 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1767 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1769 ----------------------------------------------------------
1770 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1771 if that value is non-nil.
1773 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1775 \(fn)" t nil)
1777 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1778 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1779 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1780 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1781 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1782 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1783 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1784 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1785 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1786 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1788 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1790 ;;;***
1792 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1793 ;;;;;; (19217 31367))
1794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode))
1797 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1798 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1805 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1806 ;;;;;; (18785 31991))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1809 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1811 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1812 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1813 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1815 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1817 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1818 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1822 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1823 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1827 ;;;***
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19005
1830 ;;;;;; 47402))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1833 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1834 Play blackbox.
1835 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1837 What is blackbox?
1839 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1840 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1841 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1842 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1843 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1844 your score.
1846 Overview of play:
1848 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1849 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1850 four.
1852 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1853 movement keys.
1855 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1856 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1858 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1859 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1861 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1862 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1863 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1864 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1865 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1866 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1868 Details:
1870 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1872 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1873 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1874 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1875 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1877 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1878 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1879 denoted by the letter `R'.
1881 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1882 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1883 denoted by the letter `H'.
1885 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1886 example.
1888 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1889 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1890 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1891 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1892 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1893 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1894 ray.
1896 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1897 degree deflection it causes.
1900 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1903 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1906 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1910 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1911 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1914 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1924 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1925 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1926 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1927 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1928 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1929 emerging from the box.
1931 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1938 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1943 a reflection.
1945 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1947 ;;;***
1949 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1950 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1951 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1952 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1953 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19213 42720))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1955 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1956 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1957 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1959 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1960 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1961 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1962 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1963 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1964 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1965 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1967 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1968 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1969 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1971 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1972 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1973 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1974 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1975 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1976 recent one.
1978 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1979 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1980 yank successive words.
1982 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1983 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1984 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1985 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1986 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1988 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1989 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1990 the list of bookmarks.)
1992 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1995 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1996 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1997 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1998 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1999 this.
2001 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2002 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2003 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2004 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2006 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2007 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2009 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2010 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2011 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2013 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2016 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2018 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2020 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2021 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2022 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2024 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2025 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2026 after a bookmark was set in it.
2028 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2032 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2034 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2035 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2039 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2041 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2042 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2043 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2044 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2046 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2048 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2049 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2050 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2052 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2053 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2054 name.
2056 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2058 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2059 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2060 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2062 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2063 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2064 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2065 this.
2067 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2069 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2070 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2071 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2073 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2074 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2075 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2076 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2077 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2078 probably because we were called from there.
2080 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2082 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2083 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2084 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2086 \(fn)" t nil)
2088 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2089 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2090 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2091 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2092 \(second argument).
2094 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2095 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2096 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2097 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2098 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2100 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2101 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2102 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'.
2105 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2107 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2108 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2109 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2110 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2111 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2112 while loading.
2114 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2115 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2116 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2117 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2118 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2119 explicitly.
2121 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2122 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2123 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2124 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2126 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2128 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2129 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2130 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2131 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2132 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2134 \(fn)" t nil)
2136 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2138 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2141 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2143 \(fn)" t nil)
2145 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2147 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2149 ;;;***
2151 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2157 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2158 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2159 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2160 ;;;;;; (19210 63293))
2161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2163 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2164 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2165 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2166 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2168 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2169 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2170 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2171 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2172 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2174 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2176 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2177 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2179 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2181 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2182 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2184 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2186 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2187 Not documented
2189 \(fn)" nil nil)
2191 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2192 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2193 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2194 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2195 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2196 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2198 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2200 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2202 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2203 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2204 narrowed.
2206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2208 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2209 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2211 \(fn)" t nil)
2213 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2214 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2216 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2218 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2220 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2221 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2223 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2227 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2228 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2232 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2233 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2234 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2235 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2236 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2237 to use.
2239 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2241 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2242 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2243 Default to the URL around or before point.
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2247 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2250 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2251 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2253 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2254 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2258 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2260 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2261 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2263 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2264 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2265 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2266 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2268 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2269 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2270 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2272 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2273 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2275 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2280 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2282 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2283 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2284 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2285 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2288 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2289 new tab in an existing window instead.
2291 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2292 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2294 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2296 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2297 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2298 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2299 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2300 Firefox.
2302 When called interactively, if variable
2303 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2304 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2305 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2306 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2308 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2309 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2310 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2312 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2313 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2315 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2316 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2317 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2319 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2320 URL in a new window.
2322 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2324 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2327 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2329 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2330 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2331 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2332 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2334 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2335 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2336 new tab in an existing window instead.
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2346 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2348 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2349 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2350 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2351 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2355 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2356 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2367 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2368 program is invoked according to the variable
2369 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2371 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2372 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2373 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2374 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2377 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2379 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2383 Default to the URL around or before point.
2385 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2386 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2387 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2389 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2390 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2391 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2392 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2395 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2405 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2414 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2415 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2421 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2422 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2423 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2424 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2430 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2431 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2432 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2434 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2435 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2436 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2437 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2440 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2444 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2445 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2446 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2447 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2448 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2449 current one.
2451 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2452 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2453 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2456 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2457 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2464 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2465 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2466 don't offer a form of remote control.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around the point.
2480 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2481 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2483 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2484 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 ;;;***
2490 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19005
2491 ;;;;;; 47402))
2492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2494 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2495 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2497 \(fn)" t nil)
2499 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2500 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2502 \(fn)" nil nil)
2504 ;;;***
2506 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2507 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19159 32854))
2508 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2510 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2511 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2512 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2513 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2515 \(fn)" t nil)
2517 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2518 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2519 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2520 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2522 \(fn)" t nil)
2524 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2525 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2529 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2530 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2531 \\<bs-mode-map>
2532 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2533 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2534 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2535 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2537 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2538 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2539 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2540 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2541 name of buffer configuration.
2543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2545 ;;;***
2547 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19097 14275))
2548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2550 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2551 Play Bubbles game.
2552 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2553 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2554 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2555 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2556 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2557 columns on its right towards the left.
2559 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2560 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2561 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2562 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2564 \(fn)" t nil)
2566 ;;;***
2568 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2569 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 13277))
2570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2572 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2574 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2575 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2579 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2580 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2584 ;;;***
2586 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2587 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2588 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2589 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2590 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2591 ;;;;;; (19229 9676))
2592 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2593 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2594 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2595 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2596 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2598 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2599 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2601 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2603 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2604 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2605 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2606 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2607 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2608 else the global value will be modified.
2610 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2612 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2613 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2614 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2615 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2616 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2617 else the global value will be modified.
2619 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2621 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2622 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2623 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2625 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2627 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2628 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2629 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2630 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2632 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2633 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2634 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2635 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2636 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2637 before scanning it.
2639 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2640 that already has a `.elc' file.
2642 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2643 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2645 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2646 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2647 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2648 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2649 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2650 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2652 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2654 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2655 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2656 Print the result in the echo area.
2657 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2661 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2662 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2663 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2665 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2667 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2668 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2669 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2670 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2671 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2672 all functions called by those functions.
2674 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2675 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2676 cons, etc.).
2678 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2679 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2680 invoked interactively.
2682 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2684 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2685 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2686 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2687 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2689 \(fn)" nil nil)
2691 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2692 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2693 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2694 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2695 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2696 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2697 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2698 already up-to-date.
2700 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2702 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2703 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2704 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2705 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2707 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2708 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2709 and corresponding effects.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2713 ;;;***
2715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19109
2716 ;;;;;; 33421))
2717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2719 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2721 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2723 ;;;***
2725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19097 14263))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2728 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2730 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2732 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2734 ;;;***
2736 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2737 ;;;;;; (19184 20068))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2740 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2741 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2742 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2743 from the cursor position.
2745 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2747 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2749 ;;;***
2751 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2752 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2753 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19205
2754 ;;;;;; 62012))
2755 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2756 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2758 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2759 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2764 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2766 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2768 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2769 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2771 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2773 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2774 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2776 \(fn)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2779 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2780 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2781 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2783 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2785 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2786 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2787 This is most useful in the X window system.
2788 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2789 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2791 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2793 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2794 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2795 See calc-keypad for details.
2797 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2799 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2800 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2802 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2805 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2807 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2810 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2812 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2814 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2815 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2816 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2818 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2820 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2821 Define Calc function.
2823 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2824 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2825 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2827 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2828 actual Lisp function name.
2830 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2832 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2834 ;;;***
2836 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19005
2837 ;;;;;; 47381))
2838 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2840 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2841 Run the Emacs calculator.
2842 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2844 \(fn)" t nil)
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19196
2849 ;;;;;; 37074))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2852 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2853 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2854 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2855 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2856 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2857 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2859 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2860 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2861 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2862 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2863 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2864 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2865 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2866 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2867 window.
2869 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2870 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2872 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2873 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2874 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2875 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2876 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2877 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2879 Runs the following hooks:
2881 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2882 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2883 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2884 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2886 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2890 ;;;***
2892 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2893 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19005 47393))
2894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2896 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2897 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2899 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2901 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2902 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2903 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2904 it fails.
2906 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2908 ;;;***
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2911 ;;;;;; (18785 32036))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2914 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2915 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2917 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2918 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2919 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2920 restriction to ASCII.
2922 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2924 capitalizedWorDD
2925 ^ ^ ^^
2927 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2928 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2929 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2931 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2932 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2933 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2934 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2935 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2936 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2937 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2939 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2940 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2944 ;;;***
2946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19005
2947 ;;;;;; 47403))
2948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2949 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2951 ;;;***
2953 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2954 ;;;;;; (19224 11653))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2957 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2958 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2960 \(fn)" nil nil)
2962 ;;;***
2964 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2965 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19226 44932))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2969 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2970 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2971 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2972 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2973 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2974 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2975 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2977 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2979 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2980 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2982 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2983 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2984 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2985 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2986 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2987 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2988 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2990 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2991 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2992 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2993 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2994 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2995 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2997 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2999 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3000 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3002 Key bindings:
3003 \\{c-mode-map}
3005 \(fn)" t nil)
3007 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3008 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3010 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3011 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3012 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3013 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3014 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3015 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3016 message.
3018 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3020 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3021 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3023 Key bindings:
3024 \\{c++-mode-map}
3026 \(fn)" t nil)
3028 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3029 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3030 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3032 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3033 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3034 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3035 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3036 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3037 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3038 message.
3040 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3042 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3043 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3045 Key bindings:
3046 \\{objc-mode-map}
3048 \(fn)" t nil)
3050 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3051 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3052 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3054 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3055 Major mode for editing Java code.
3056 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3057 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3058 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3059 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3060 message.
3062 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3064 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3065 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3067 Key bindings:
3068 \\{java-mode-map}
3070 \(fn)" t nil)
3072 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3073 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3074 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3076 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3077 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3078 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3079 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3080 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3081 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3082 message.
3084 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3086 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3087 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3089 Key bindings:
3090 \\{idl-mode-map}
3092 \(fn)" t nil)
3094 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3095 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3096 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3097 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3099 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3100 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3101 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3102 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3103 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3104 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3105 message.
3107 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3109 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3110 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3112 Key bindings:
3113 \\{pike-mode-map}
3115 \(fn)" t nil)
3116 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3117 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3118 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3119 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3120 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3121 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3123 ;;;***
3125 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3126 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19005 47403))
3127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3129 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3130 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3131 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3132 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3134 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3136 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3137 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3138 might get set too.
3140 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3141 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3142 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3143 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3144 way.
3146 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3147 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3148 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3149 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3150 a null operation.
3152 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3154 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3155 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3156 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3157 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3159 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3161 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3162 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3163 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3165 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3167 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3168 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3169 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3170 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3171 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3173 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3175 ;;;***
3177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19097 14275))
3178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3179 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3180 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3181 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3183 ;;;***
3185 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3186 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3187 ;;;;;; (19198 52515))
3188 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3190 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3191 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3193 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3195 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3196 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3198 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3200 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3201 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3203 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3204 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3205 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3206 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3207 execution.
3209 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3211 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3213 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3214 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3216 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3217 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3218 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3219 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3221 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3222 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3223 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3224 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3225 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3226 `write' commands.
3228 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3229 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3230 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3231 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3233 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3234 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3235 semantics.
3237 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3239 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3241 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3243 STATEMENT :=
3244 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3245 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3247 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3248 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3249 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3250 | integer
3252 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3254 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3255 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3256 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3258 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3259 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3260 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3262 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3263 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3265 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3266 BREAK := (break)
3268 REPEAT :=
3269 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3270 (repeat)
3271 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3272 ;; (repeat))
3273 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3274 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3275 ;; (read REG)
3276 ;; (repeat))
3277 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3278 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3279 ;; (read REG)
3280 ;; (repeat))
3281 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3283 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3284 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3285 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3286 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3287 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3288 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3289 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3290 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3291 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3292 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3293 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3294 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3295 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3296 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3297 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3298 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3300 WRITE :=
3301 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3302 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3303 ;; representation.
3304 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3305 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3306 ;; (write r7))
3307 | (write EXPRESSION)
3308 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3309 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3310 ;; representation.
3311 | (write integer)
3312 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3313 ;; buffer.
3314 | (write string)
3315 ;; Same as: (write string)
3316 | string
3317 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3318 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3319 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3320 ;; representation.
3321 | (write REG ARRAY)
3322 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3323 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3324 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3325 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3326 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3327 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3329 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3330 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3332 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3333 END := (end)
3335 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3336 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3337 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3339 ARG := REG | integer
3341 OPERATOR :=
3342 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3343 + | - | * | / | %
3345 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3346 | & | `|' | ^
3348 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3349 | << | >>
3351 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3352 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3353 | <8
3355 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3356 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3357 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3358 | >8
3360 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3361 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3362 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3363 | //
3365 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3366 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3368 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3369 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3370 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3371 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3372 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3373 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3374 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3375 | de-sjis
3377 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3378 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3379 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3380 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3381 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3382 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3383 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3384 ;; byte of SJIS.
3385 | en-sjis
3387 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3388 ;; Same meaning as C code
3389 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3391 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3392 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3393 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3394 | <8=
3396 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3397 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3398 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3400 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3401 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3402 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3403 | //=
3405 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3408 TRANSLATE :=
3409 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3410 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3411 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3412 LOOKUP :=
3413 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3414 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3415 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3416 MAP :=
3417 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3418 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3419 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3420 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3421 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3422 MAP-ID := integer
3424 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3426 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3427 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3428 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3429 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3430 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3431 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3433 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3435 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3436 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3437 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3439 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3441 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3443 ;;;***
3445 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3446 ;;;;;; (19005 47403))
3447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3449 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3450 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3451 There are no special keybindings by default.
3453 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3454 to the action header.
3456 \(fn)" t nil)
3458 ;;;***
3460 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3461 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19141 520))
3462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3464 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3465 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3466 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3468 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3470 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3471 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3472 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3474 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3476 ;;;***
3478 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3479 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3480 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3481 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3482 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3483 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3484 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3485 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3486 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19213 42721))
3487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3488 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3489 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3490 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3491 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3492 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3494 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3495 Not documented
3497 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3499 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3500 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3501 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3502 the users will view as each check is completed.
3504 \(fn)" t nil)
3506 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3507 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3508 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3509 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3510 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3511 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3512 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3513 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3515 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3517 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3518 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3519 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3520 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3521 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3522 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3523 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3524 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3526 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3528 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3529 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3530 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3531 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3532 spacing are all verified.
3534 \(fn)" t nil)
3536 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3537 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3538 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3539 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3540 otherwise stop after the first error.
3542 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3544 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3545 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3546 Only documentation strings are checked.
3547 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3548 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3549 a separate buffer.
3551 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3553 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3554 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3555 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3556 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3557 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3559 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3561 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3562 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3563 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3564 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3565 if there is one.
3567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3569 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3570 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3571 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3572 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3573 if there is one.
3574 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3576 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3578 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3579 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3580 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3582 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3584 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3585 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3586 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3587 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3588 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3590 \(fn)" t nil)
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3593 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3594 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3595 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3596 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3597 space at the end of each line.
3599 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3601 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3602 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3603 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3604 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3606 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3608 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3609 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3610 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3611 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3613 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3615 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3616 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3617 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3618 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3620 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3622 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3623 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3624 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3625 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3627 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3630 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3631 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3632 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3634 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3637 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3638 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3639 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3641 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3644 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3645 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3648 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3651 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3652 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3653 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3655 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3658 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3659 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3660 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3662 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3664 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3665 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3666 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3667 turn it off.
3669 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3670 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3671 checking of documentation strings.
3673 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3677 ;;;***
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3680 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3681 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19005 47396))
3682 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3684 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3685 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3686 Return the length of resulting text.
3688 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3690 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3691 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3693 \(fn)" t nil)
3695 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3696 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3697 Return the length of resulting text.
3699 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3701 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3702 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3704 \(fn)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3707 Not documented
3709 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3711 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3712 Not documented
3714 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3716 ;;;***
3718 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3719 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19198 52510))
3720 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3722 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3723 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3724 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3725 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3726 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3727 editing and the result is evaluated.
3729 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3731 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3732 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3733 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3734 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3735 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3737 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3739 \(fn)" t nil)
3741 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3742 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3743 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3744 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3745 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3747 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3748 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3749 \\{command-history-map}
3751 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3752 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3754 \(fn)" t nil)
3756 ;;;***
3758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19106 34047))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3761 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3762 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3763 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3764 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3765 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3766 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3768 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3769 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3771 ;;;***
3773 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3774 ;;;;;; (19097 14263))
3775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3777 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3778 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3779 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3780 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3781 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3782 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3783 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3784 of this function.
3786 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3787 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3788 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3789 property are:
3791 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3792 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3794 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3795 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3796 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3797 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3798 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3799 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3800 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3801 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3802 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3803 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3804 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3805 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3807 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3808 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3809 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3811 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3812 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3813 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3814 list elements are:
3816 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3818 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3820 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3822 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3823 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3825 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3826 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3828 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3829 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3830 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3831 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3832 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3833 value specified by their associated list element.
3835 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3837 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3838 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3839 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3841 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3842 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3843 * indent the first argument by 4.
3844 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3845 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3846 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3848 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3850 ;;;***
3852 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3853 ;;;;;; (19005 47403))
3854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3856 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3857 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3858 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3859 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3861 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3862 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3863 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3864 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3866 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3867 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3869 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3871 ;;;***
3873 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19179
3874 ;;;;;; 39396))
3875 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3877 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3878 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3879 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3880 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3881 of `scheme-program-name').
3882 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3883 it is given as initial input.
3884 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3885 discards input when it starts up.
3886 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3887 is run).
3888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3890 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3891 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3893 ;;;***
3895 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3896 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3897 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3898 ;;;;;; (19229 39177))
3899 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3901 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3902 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3903 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3904 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3905 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3906 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3907 functions have already modified the buffer.
3909 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3911 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3912 either globally or locally.")
3914 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3916 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3917 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3918 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3919 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3920 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3921 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3922 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3923 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3924 process as its initial input.
3926 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3928 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3930 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3931 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3932 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3933 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3934 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3935 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3936 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3937 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3938 process as its initial input.
3940 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3942 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3944 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3945 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3946 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3947 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3948 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3949 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3951 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3953 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3954 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3955 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3956 directory tracking functions.")
3958 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3959 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3960 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3962 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3964 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3966 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3967 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3968 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3970 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3972 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3974 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3975 Send COMMAND to current process.
3976 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3977 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3979 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3981 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3982 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3983 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3984 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3986 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3988 ;;;***
3990 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19005
3991 ;;;;;; 47381))
3992 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3994 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3995 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3996 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3997 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3999 This command pushes the mark in each window
4000 at the prior location of point in that window.
4001 If both windows display the same buffer,
4002 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4003 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4005 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4006 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4007 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4008 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4009 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4010 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4011 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4012 ignored.
4014 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4015 this command work in interlaced mode:
4016 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4017 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4018 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4020 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4022 ;;;***
4024 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4025 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4026 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4027 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4028 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19196
4029 ;;;;;; 37076))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4032 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4033 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4035 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4037 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4038 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4039 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4040 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4041 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4042 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4043 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4045 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4047 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4048 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4050 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4052 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4053 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4054 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4055 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4056 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4057 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4058 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4060 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4061 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4062 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4063 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4064 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4066 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4067 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4068 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4069 describing how the process finished.")
4071 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4072 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4073 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4074 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4075 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4077 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4078 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4079 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4081 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4083 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4084 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4085 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4086 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4088 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4090 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4091 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4093 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4094 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4096 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4097 (lambda ()
4098 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4099 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4100 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4101 (concat \"make -k \"
4102 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4104 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4105 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4107 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4108 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4109 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4110 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4112 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4114 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4115 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4116 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4117 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4119 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4120 and move to the source code that caused it.
4122 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4123 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4125 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4126 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4127 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4128 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4130 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4131 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4132 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4133 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4135 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4136 kills its subprocesses.
4138 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4139 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4140 to a function that generates a unique name.
4142 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4144 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4145 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4146 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4147 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4149 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4150 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4152 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4153 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4154 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4155 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4157 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4158 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4159 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4161 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4163 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4165 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4166 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4167 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4168 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4169 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4171 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4173 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4175 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4177 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4178 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4179 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4180 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4181 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4182 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4183 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4187 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4188 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4189 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4190 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4191 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4192 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4196 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4197 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4198 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4200 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4204 ;;;***
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4207 ;;;;;; (19159 32854))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4210 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4211 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4212 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4214 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4215 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4217 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4219 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4220 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4221 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4223 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4224 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4225 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4226 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4228 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4229 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4230 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4231 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4233 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4234 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4235 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4236 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4238 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4239 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4240 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4241 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4242 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4246 ;;;***
4248 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4249 ;;;;;; (19143 36128))
4250 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4252 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4253 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4254 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4257 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4259 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4261 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4262 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4266 ;;;***
4268 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4269 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4270 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4271 ;;;;;; (19005 47405))
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4274 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4275 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4276 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4277 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4278 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4279 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4280 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4282 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4283 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4284 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4286 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4287 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4288 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4290 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4291 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4292 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4293 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4295 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4296 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4297 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4298 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4299 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4300 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4301 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4303 \\{conf-mode-map}
4305 \(fn)" t nil)
4307 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4308 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4309 Comments start with `#'.
4310 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4312 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4314 \[Desktop Entry]
4315 Encoding=UTF-8
4316 Name=The GIMP
4317 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4318 Name[cs]=GIMP
4320 \(fn)" t nil)
4322 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4323 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4324 Comments start with `;'.
4325 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4327 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4329 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4330 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4331 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4333 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4334 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4336 \(fn)" t nil)
4338 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4339 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4340 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4341 between `/*' and `*/'.
4342 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4344 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4345 // another kind of comment
4346 /* yet another */
4348 name:value
4349 name=value
4350 name value
4351 x.1 =
4352 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4353 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4355 \(fn)" t nil)
4357 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4358 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4359 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4360 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4361 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4362 `conf-space-keywords'.
4363 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4364 in an interactive fashion instead.
4366 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4368 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4370 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4371 image/png png
4372 image/tiff tiff tif
4374 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4375 class desktop
4376 # Standard multimedia devices
4377 add /dev/audio desktop
4378 add /dev/mixer desktop
4380 \(fn)" t nil)
4382 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4383 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4384 See `conf-space-mode'.
4386 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4388 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4389 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4390 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4391 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4393 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4395 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4396 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4398 \(fn)" t nil)
4400 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4401 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4402 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4403 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4405 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4407 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4408 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4410 \(fn)" t nil)
4412 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4413 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4414 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4415 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4417 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4419 *background: gray99
4420 *foreground: black
4422 \(fn)" t nil)
4424 ;;;***
4426 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4427 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19005 47402))
4428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4430 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4431 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4432 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4433 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4435 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4437 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4438 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4439 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4440 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4442 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4444 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4445 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4446 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4447 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4449 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4452 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4454 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4456 ;;;***
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4459 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19097
4460 ;;;;;; 14263))
4461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4463 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4464 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4465 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4466 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4467 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4468 following the copyright are updated as well.
4469 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4470 interactively.
4472 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4474 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4475 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4476 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4478 \(fn)" t nil)
4480 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4481 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4483 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4485 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4486 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4488 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4490 ;;;***
4492 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4493 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19196 37076))
4494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4495 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4496 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4497 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4498 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4499 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4500 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4501 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4503 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4504 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4505 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4506 Tab indents for Perl code.
4507 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4510 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4511 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4512 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4513 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4514 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4515 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4516 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4517 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4518 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4519 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4520 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4521 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4523 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4525 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4526 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4528 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4530 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4531 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4532 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4533 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4534 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4535 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4536 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4537 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4538 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4540 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4542 bite if angry;
4544 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4545 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4546 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4547 to nil.)
4549 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4550 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4551 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4553 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4555 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4556 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4557 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4558 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4559 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4561 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4563 if (A) { B }
4565 into
4567 B if A;
4569 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4571 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4572 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4573 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4574 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4575 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4576 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4577 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4578 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4579 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4580 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4581 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4582 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4583 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4585 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4586 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4587 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4588 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4589 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4590 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4592 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4593 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4594 man via menu.
4596 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4597 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4598 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4599 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4600 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4602 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4603 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4604 span the needed amount of lines.
4606 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4607 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4608 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4609 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4611 Variables controlling indentation style:
4612 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4613 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4614 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4615 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4616 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4617 `cperl-auto-newline'
4618 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4619 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4620 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4621 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4622 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4623 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4624 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4625 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4626 `cperl-indent-level'
4627 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4628 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4629 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4630 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4631 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4632 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4633 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4634 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4635 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4636 `cperl-brace-offset'
4637 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4638 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4639 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4640 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4641 `cperl-label-offset'
4642 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4643 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4644 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4646 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4647 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4648 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4649 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4650 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4651 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4653 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4654 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4655 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4656 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4658 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4659 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4660 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4661 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4662 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4663 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4664 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4666 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4667 column 0 is indented on
4668 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4670 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4671 with no args.
4673 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4674 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4675 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4677 \(fn)" t nil)
4679 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4680 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4682 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4684 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4685 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4689 ;;;***
4691 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4692 ;;;;;; (19180 20244))
4693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4695 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4696 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4697 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4698 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4699 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4703 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4704 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 ;;;***
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4711 ;;;;;; (19114 58213))
4712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4714 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4715 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4716 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4717 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4720 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4722 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4724 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4725 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4726 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4730 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4732 ;;;***
4734 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4735 ;;;;;; (19159 32857))
4736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4738 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4739 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4740 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4741 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4743 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4744 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4745 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4746 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4748 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4749 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4750 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4752 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4753 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4754 'bob', and 'eve'.
4756 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4757 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4758 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4760 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4762 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4763 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4764 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4766 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4768 ;;;***
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19196
4771 ;;;;;; 37076))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4773 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4775 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4776 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4778 \(fn)" t nil)
4780 ;;;***
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4783 ;;;;;; (19191 20110))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4786 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4787 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4788 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4790 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4791 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4793 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4795 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4796 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4797 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4798 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4799 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4801 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4802 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4803 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4804 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4805 function of these prefix keys.
4807 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4808 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4809 options:
4810 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4811 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4812 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4814 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4815 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4816 the prefix fallback behavior.
4818 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4819 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4820 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4821 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4825 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4826 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4828 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4830 ;;;***
4832 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4833 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4834 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4835 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4836 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4837 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4838 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4839 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4840 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4841 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4842 ;;;;;; (19199 11983))
4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4845 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4846 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4848 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4850 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4851 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4853 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4855 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4856 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4858 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4859 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4861 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4862 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4864 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4865 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4867 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4868 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4870 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4872 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4874 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4875 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4876 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4878 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4879 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4881 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4882 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4884 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4885 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4887 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4889 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4891 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4892 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4893 Return VALUE.
4895 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4896 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4898 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4899 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4901 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4902 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4904 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4906 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4908 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4909 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4910 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4911 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4912 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4914 \(fn)" t nil)
4916 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4917 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4918 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4919 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4921 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4923 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4924 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4926 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4928 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4931 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4933 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4935 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4938 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4940 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4942 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4943 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4944 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4946 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4948 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4949 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4950 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4951 as part of Emacs itself.
4953 Each elements looks like this:
4955 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4957 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4958 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4959 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4960 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4961 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4962 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4963 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4964 and `defface'.
4966 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4968 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4969 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4970 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4971 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4972 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4974 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4975 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4976 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4977 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4979 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4981 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4982 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4983 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4984 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4985 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4987 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4988 that were added or redefined since that version.
4990 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4992 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4993 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4994 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4995 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4997 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4998 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5000 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5002 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5003 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5004 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5006 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5007 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5009 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5011 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5012 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5014 \(fn)" t nil)
5016 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5017 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5019 \(fn)" t nil)
5021 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5022 Customize all already saved user options.
5024 \(fn)" t nil)
5026 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5027 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5028 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5029 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5030 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5031 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5032 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5033 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5035 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5037 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5038 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5039 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5040 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5042 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5044 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5045 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5047 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5049 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5050 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5052 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5054 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5055 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5056 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5057 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5058 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5059 that option.
5061 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5063 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5064 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5065 The result includes selecting that window.
5066 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5067 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5068 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5069 that option.
5071 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5073 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5074 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5076 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5078 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5079 File used for storing customization information.
5080 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5081 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5082 it should be an absolute file name.
5084 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5085 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5086 something like the following in your init file:
5088 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5089 \(load custom-file)
5091 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5092 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5094 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5095 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5096 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5097 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5098 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5100 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5101 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5102 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5103 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5104 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5105 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5106 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5107 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5108 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5109 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5111 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5113 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5114 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5116 \(fn)" nil nil)
5118 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5119 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5121 \(fn)" t nil)
5123 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5124 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5125 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5127 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5129 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5130 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5131 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5132 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5133 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5135 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5137 ;;;***
5139 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5140 ;;;;;; (19005 47381))
5141 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5143 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5144 Create a custom theme.
5146 \(fn)" t nil)
5148 ;;;***
5150 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5151 ;;;;;; (19005 47381))
5152 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5154 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5155 Mode used for cvs status output.
5157 \(fn)" t nil)
5159 ;;;***
5161 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5162 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19145 64766))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5165 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5166 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5168 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5170 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5171 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5172 C++ modes are included.
5174 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5178 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5179 Turn on CWarn mode.
5181 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5182 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5184 \(fn)" nil nil)
5186 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5187 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5188 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5190 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5191 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5193 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5195 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5196 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5197 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5198 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5199 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5203 ;;;***
5205 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5206 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5207 ;;;;;; (19005 47396))
5208 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5210 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5211 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5213 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5215 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5216 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5218 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5220 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5221 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5222 For readability, the table is slightly
5223 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5225 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5226 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5227 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5228 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5229 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5231 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5233 ;;;***
5235 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5236 ;;;;;; (19213 42720))
5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5238 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5239 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5240 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5241 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5243 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5244 Completion on current word.
5245 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5246 and presents suggestions for completion.
5248 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5249 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5250 completions.
5252 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[prefix-argument] \\[prefix-argument]),
5253 then it searches *all* buffers.
5255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5258 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5260 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5261 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5262 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5263 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5264 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5266 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5267 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5269 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5270 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5271 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5273 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5274 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5276 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5280 ;;;***
5282 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5283 ;;;;;; (19143 36129))
5284 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5286 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5287 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5289 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5291 ;;;***
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19201
5294 ;;;;;; 28840))
5295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5297 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5298 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5299 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5300 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5301 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5303 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5305 ;;;***
5307 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19005
5308 ;;;;;; 47403))
5309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5311 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5312 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5314 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5315 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5316 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5318 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5319 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5320 Data lines are not indented.
5322 Key bindings:
5324 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5325 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5327 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5328 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5329 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5330 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5332 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5334 dcl-basic-offset
5335 Extra indentation within blocks.
5337 dcl-continuation-offset
5338 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5340 dcl-margin-offset
5341 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5343 dcl-margin-label-offset
5344 Indentation for a label.
5346 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5347 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5349 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5350 dcl-block-end-regexp
5351 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5352 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5353 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5354 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5355 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5357 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5358 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5359 Two such functions are included in the package:
5360 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5361 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5363 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5364 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5365 One such function is included in the package:
5366 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5368 dcl-tab-always-indent
5369 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5370 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5371 margin.
5373 dcl-electric-characters
5374 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5375 typed.
5377 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5378 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5379 which words trigger electric indentation.
5381 dcl-tempo-comma
5382 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5383 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5384 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5386 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5387 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5388 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5389 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5391 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5392 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5393 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5394 dcl-imenu-label-call
5395 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5397 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5398 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5399 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5400 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5403 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5405 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5406 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5407 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5408 $ i = 1
5409 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5410 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5411 $ label:
5412 $ if i.eq.1
5413 $ then
5414 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5415 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5416 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5417 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5418 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5419 \"lined up with the command line\"
5420 $ type sys$input
5421 Data lines are not indented at all.
5422 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5423 $ endif
5427 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5428 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5430 \(fn)" t nil)
5432 ;;;***
5434 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5435 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19180 20243))
5436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5438 (setq debugger 'debug)
5440 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5441 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5442 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5443 of the evaluator.
5445 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5446 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5447 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5449 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5451 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5452 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5454 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5456 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5457 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5458 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5459 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5460 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5461 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5463 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5464 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5466 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5468 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5469 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5470 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5471 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5472 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5474 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5476 ;;;***
5478 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5479 ;;;;;; (19184 20069))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5482 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5483 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5485 \(fn)" t nil)
5487 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5488 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5489 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5490 Upper-case letters are commands.
5492 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5493 modify it.
5495 The most useful commands are:
5496 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5497 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5498 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5499 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5500 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5501 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5503 \(fn)" t nil)
5505 ;;;***
5507 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5508 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19005
5509 ;;;;;; 47381))
5510 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5512 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5513 Customization of `columns' group.
5515 \(fn)" t nil)
5517 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5518 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5520 START and END delimits the text region.
5522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5524 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5525 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5527 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5531 ;;;***
5533 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19114
5534 ;;;;;; 58214))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5537 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5538 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5539 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5540 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5541 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5542 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5543 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5545 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5547 Customization:
5549 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5550 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5551 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5552 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5553 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5554 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5555 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5556 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5557 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5558 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5559 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5560 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5561 blank line.
5562 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5563 Directories to search when finding external units.
5564 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5565 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5567 Coloring:
5569 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5570 Face used to color delphi comments.
5571 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5572 Face used to color delphi strings.
5573 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5574 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5575 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5576 Face used to color everything else.
5578 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5579 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5581 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5583 ;;;***
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19005
5586 ;;;;;; 47381))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5589 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5591 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5592 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5593 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5596 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5598 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5600 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5601 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5602 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5603 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5605 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5606 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5607 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5608 any selection.
5610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5612 ;;;***
5614 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5615 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19173 46043))
5616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5618 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5619 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5621 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5623 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5624 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5625 or nil if there is no parent.
5626 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5627 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5628 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5629 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5630 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5632 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5633 arguments are currently understood:
5634 :group GROUP
5635 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5636 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5637 :syntax-table TABLE
5638 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5639 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5640 :abbrev-table TABLE
5641 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5642 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5644 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5646 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5648 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5649 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5650 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5652 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5653 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5655 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5656 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5657 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5659 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5660 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5662 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5663 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5665 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5667 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5669 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5670 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5671 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5672 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5673 the first time the mode is used.
5675 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5677 ;;;***
5679 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5680 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19220 31144))
5681 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5683 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5684 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5685 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5686 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5687 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5688 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5689 otherwise.
5691 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5693 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5694 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5695 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5696 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5697 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5698 character composition information (if relevant),
5699 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5701 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5703 ;;;***
5705 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5706 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5707 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5708 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19143 36128))
5709 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5711 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5712 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5713 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5715 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5717 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5718 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5719 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5720 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5721 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5722 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5726 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5727 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5728 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5729 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5731 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5733 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5734 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5735 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5737 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5738 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5739 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5741 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5742 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5744 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5745 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5746 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5748 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5749 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5750 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5751 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5753 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5755 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5756 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5758 Handlers are called with argument list
5760 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5762 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5764 desktop-file-version
5765 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5766 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5767 desktop-buffer-point
5768 desktop-buffer-mark
5769 desktop-buffer-read-only
5770 desktop-buffer-locals
5772 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5773 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5775 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5776 code like
5778 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5780 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5781 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5783 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5785 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5787 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5788 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5789 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5790 List elements must have the form
5792 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5794 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5795 function.
5797 Handlers are called with argument list
5799 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5801 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5803 desktop-file-version
5804 desktop-buffer-file-name
5805 desktop-buffer-name
5806 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5807 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5808 desktop-buffer-point
5809 desktop-buffer-mark
5810 desktop-buffer-read-only
5811 desktop-buffer-misc
5813 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5814 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5815 created and set.
5817 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5818 code like
5820 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5822 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5823 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5825 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5827 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5829 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5831 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5832 Empty the Desktop.
5833 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5834 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5835 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5837 \(fn)" t nil)
5839 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5840 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5841 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5842 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5843 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5845 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5847 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5848 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5849 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5851 \(fn)" t nil)
5853 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5854 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5855 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5856 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5857 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5858 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5859 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5860 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5862 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5864 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5865 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5866 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5868 \(fn)" nil nil)
5870 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5871 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5872 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5873 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5874 directory DIRNAME.
5876 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5878 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5879 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5881 \(fn)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5884 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5886 \(fn)" t nil)
5888 ;;;***
5890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5891 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5892 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19005 47393))
5893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5895 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5896 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5897 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5898 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5899 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5900 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5902 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5904 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5905 Repair a broken attribution line.
5906 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5908 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5910 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5911 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5912 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5913 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5915 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5917 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5918 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5920 \(fn)" t nil)
5922 ;;;***
5924 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5925 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19224 11652))
5926 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5928 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5929 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5930 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5931 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5932 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5937 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5938 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5939 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5941 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5942 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5943 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5944 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5946 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5947 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5949 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5950 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5951 calendar-date-style 'european
5952 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5954 \(diary-mail-entries)
5956 # diary-rem.el ends here
5958 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5960 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5961 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5963 \(fn)" t nil)
5965 ;;;***
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5968 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19196 37073))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5971 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5972 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5974 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5976 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5977 The command to use to run diff.")
5979 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5981 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5982 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5983 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5984 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5985 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5986 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5988 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5989 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5990 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5992 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5994 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5995 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5996 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5997 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5998 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5999 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6001 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6003 ;;;***
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6006 ;;;;;; (19179 39396))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6009 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6010 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6011 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6012 normal diffs.
6014 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6015 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6016 headers for you on-the-fly.
6018 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6019 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6020 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6022 \\{diff-mode-map}
6024 \(fn)" t nil)
6026 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6027 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6028 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6032 ;;;***
6034 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19131 61469))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6037 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6038 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6039 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6041 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6043 ;;;***
6045 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6046 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6047 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19227 52848))
6048 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6050 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6051 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6052 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6053 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6054 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6055 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6056 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6057 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6059 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6061 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6062 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6064 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6065 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6066 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6067 A value of t means move to first file.")
6069 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6071 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6072 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6073 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6074 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6075 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6076 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6078 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6079 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6080 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6081 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6082 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6083 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6084 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6085 list of files to make directory entries for.
6086 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6087 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6088 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6089 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6091 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6093 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6094 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6096 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6097 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6099 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6100 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6102 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6103 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6105 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6107 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6108 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6110 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6112 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6113 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6114 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6115 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6116 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6117 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6118 is displayed.
6119 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6120 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6122 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6124 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6125 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6126 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6127 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6128 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6129 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6130 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6131 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6132 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6133 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6134 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6135 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6136 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6137 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6138 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6139 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6140 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6141 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6142 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6143 to see why something went wrong.
6144 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6145 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6146 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6147 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6148 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6149 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6150 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6151 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6152 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6153 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6154 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6155 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6156 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6158 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6159 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6160 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6161 again for the directory tree.
6163 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6164 for more info):
6166 `dired-listing-switches'
6167 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6168 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6169 `dired-marker-char'
6170 `dired-del-marker'
6171 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6172 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6173 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6174 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6176 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6178 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6179 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6180 `dired-mode-hook'
6181 `dired-load-hook'
6183 Keybindings:
6184 \\{dired-mode-map}
6186 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6187 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6189 ;;;***
6191 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6192 ;;;;;; (19005 47382))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6195 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6196 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6197 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6198 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6199 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6200 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6201 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6205 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6206 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6207 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6209 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6211 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6212 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6214 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6216 ;;;***
6218 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19005
6219 ;;;;;; 47390))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6222 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6223 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6224 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6225 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6226 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6227 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6229 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6231 ;;;***
6233 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6234 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6235 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6236 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6237 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6238 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19198 52512))
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6241 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6242 Return a new, empty display table.
6244 \(fn)" nil nil)
6246 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6247 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6248 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6249 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6250 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6252 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6254 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6255 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6256 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6257 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6258 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6260 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6262 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6263 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6265 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6267 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6268 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6270 \(fn)" t nil)
6272 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6273 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6275 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6277 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6278 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6280 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6282 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6283 Display character C using printable string S.
6285 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6287 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6288 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6289 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6290 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6292 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6294 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6295 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6296 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6297 X frame.
6299 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6301 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6302 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6304 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6306 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6307 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6309 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6311 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6312 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6314 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6316 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6317 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6319 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6321 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6322 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6324 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6326 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6327 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6329 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6330 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6332 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6333 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6335 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6336 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6337 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6338 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6340 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6341 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6342 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6343 in `.emacs'.
6345 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6347 ;;;***
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6350 ;;;;;; (19184 20069))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6353 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6354 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6355 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6356 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6357 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6358 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6359 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6360 Default is 2.
6362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6364 ;;;***
6366 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6367 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19217 31367))
6368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6370 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6371 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6372 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6373 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6374 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6375 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6376 table and its own syntax table.
6378 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6380 \(fn)" t nil)
6381 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6383 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6384 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6386 \(fn)" t nil)
6387 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6389 ;;;***
6391 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6392 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19229 9675))
6393 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6395 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6396 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6397 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6399 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6401 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6402 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6404 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6405 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6407 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6408 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6409 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6411 \(fn)" t nil)
6413 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6414 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6415 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6416 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6420 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6421 Not documented
6423 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6425 ;;;***
6427 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19161 17545))
6428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6430 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6431 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6433 \(fn)" t nil)
6435 ;;;***
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19005 47382))
6438 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6440 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6441 Toggle Double mode.
6442 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6443 turn it off.
6445 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6446 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6450 ;;;***
6452 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19005 47402))
6453 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6455 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6456 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6458 \(fn)" t nil)
6460 ;;;***
6462 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6463 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
6464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6466 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6467 Play sounds in message buffers.
6469 \(fn)" t nil)
6471 ;;;***
6473 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6474 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19196 37074))
6476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6478 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6480 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6481 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6482 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6483 and toggle command MODE.
6485 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6486 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6487 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6488 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6489 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6490 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6491 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6492 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6493 used (see below).
6495 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6496 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6497 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6498 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6499 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6500 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6501 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6502 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6503 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6504 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6505 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6506 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6507 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6508 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6509 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6510 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6511 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6513 For example, you could write
6514 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6515 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6516 ...BODY CODE...)
6518 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6520 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6522 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6524 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6525 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6526 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6527 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6528 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6529 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6530 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6531 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6532 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6533 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6534 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6535 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6537 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6538 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6539 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6540 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6541 call another major mode in their body.
6543 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6545 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6546 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6547 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6548 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6549 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6550 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6551 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6553 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6555 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6556 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6557 :inherit Parent keymap.
6558 :group Ignored.
6559 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6560 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6562 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6564 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6565 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6566 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6567 the constant's documentation.
6569 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6571 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6572 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6573 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6575 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6577 ;;;***
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6580 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19005
6581 ;;;;;; 47390))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6584 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6586 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6587 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6589 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6590 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6591 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6593 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6594 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6596 :filter FUNCTION
6598 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6599 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6601 :visible INCLUDE
6603 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6604 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6606 :active ENABLE
6608 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6609 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6611 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6613 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6615 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6617 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6618 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6620 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6621 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6623 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6625 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6627 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6629 :keys KEYS
6631 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6632 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6633 computed automatically.
6634 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6636 :key-sequence KEYS
6638 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6639 menu item.
6640 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6641 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6642 keyboard equivalent.
6644 :active ENABLE
6646 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6647 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6649 :visible INCLUDE
6651 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6652 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6654 :label FORM
6656 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6657 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6659 :suffix FORM
6661 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6662 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6664 :style STYLE
6666 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6667 defined:
6669 toggle: A checkbox.
6670 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6671 radio: A radio button.
6672 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6673 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6674 menu bar itself.
6675 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6677 :selected SELECTED
6679 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6680 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6682 :help HELP
6684 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6686 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6687 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6688 as a solid horizontal line.
6690 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6692 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6694 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6695 Not documented
6697 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6699 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6700 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6701 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6702 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6704 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6706 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6707 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6708 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6709 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6710 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6711 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6713 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6714 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6715 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6717 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6718 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6719 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6721 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6722 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6724 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6726 ;;;***
6728 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6729 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6730 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6731 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6732 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6733 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6734 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6735 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19180 20245))
6736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6738 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6739 Customization for ebnf group.
6741 \(fn)" t nil)
6743 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6744 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6746 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6748 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6749 processed.
6751 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6753 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6755 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6756 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6758 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6759 killed after process termination.
6761 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6763 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6765 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6766 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6768 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6769 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6770 it to the printer.
6772 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6773 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6774 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6775 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6777 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6779 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6780 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6781 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6783 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6785 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6786 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6788 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6790 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6791 processed.
6793 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6795 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6797 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6798 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6800 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6801 killed after process termination.
6803 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6805 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6807 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6808 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6809 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6810 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6812 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6814 \(fn)" t nil)
6816 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6817 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6818 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6820 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6822 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6824 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6825 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6827 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6829 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6830 processed.
6832 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6834 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6839 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6840 killed after EPS generation.
6842 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6844 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6846 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6847 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6849 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6850 The EPS file name has the following form:
6852 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6854 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6855 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6857 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6858 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6859 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6860 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6861 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6863 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6864 files.
6866 \(fn)" t nil)
6868 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6869 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6871 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6872 The EPS file name has the following form:
6874 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6876 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6877 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6879 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6880 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6881 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6882 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6883 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6885 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6886 files.
6888 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6890 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6892 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6893 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6895 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6897 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6898 are processed.
6900 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6902 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6904 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6905 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6907 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6908 killed after syntax checking.
6910 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6912 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6914 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6915 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6917 \(fn)" t nil)
6919 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6920 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6922 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6924 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6925 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6927 \(fn)" nil nil)
6929 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6930 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6932 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6934 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6936 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6937 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6939 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6941 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6943 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6944 Delete style NAME.
6946 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6948 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6950 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6951 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6953 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6955 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6957 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6958 Set STYLE as the current style.
6960 Returns the old style symbol.
6962 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6964 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6966 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6967 Reset current style.
6969 Returns the old style symbol.
6971 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6973 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6975 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6976 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
6978 Returns the old style symbol.
6980 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
6982 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6984 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6986 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6987 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
6989 Returns the old style symbol.
6991 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
6993 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6995 \(fn)" t nil)
6997 ;;;***
6999 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7000 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7001 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7002 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7003 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7004 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7005 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7006 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7007 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7008 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7009 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19180
7010 ;;;;;; 20245))
7011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7013 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7014 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7015 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7016 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7017 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7018 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7020 Tree mode key bindings:
7021 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7023 \(fn)" t nil)
7025 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7026 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7028 \(fn)" t nil)
7030 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7031 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7033 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7035 \(fn)" nil nil)
7037 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7038 View declaration of member at point.
7040 \(fn)" t nil)
7042 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7043 Find declaration of member at point.
7045 \(fn)" t nil)
7047 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7048 View definition of member at point.
7050 \(fn)" t nil)
7052 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7053 Find definition of member at point.
7055 \(fn)" t nil)
7057 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7058 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7060 \(fn)" t nil)
7062 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7063 View definition of member at point in other window.
7065 \(fn)" t nil)
7067 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7068 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7070 \(fn)" t nil)
7072 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7073 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7075 \(fn)" t nil)
7077 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7078 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7080 \(fn)" t nil)
7082 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7083 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7085 \(fn)" t nil)
7087 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7088 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7089 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7090 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7091 completion.
7093 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7095 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7096 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7097 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7098 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7100 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7102 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7103 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7104 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7105 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7107 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7109 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7110 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7111 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7113 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7116 Search for call sites of a member.
7117 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7118 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7119 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7120 looks like a function call to the member.
7122 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7125 Move backward in the position stack.
7126 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7128 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7130 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7131 Move forward in the position stack.
7132 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7134 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7137 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7139 \(fn)" t nil)
7141 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7142 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7144 \(fn)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7147 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7148 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7149 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7151 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7154 Display statistics for a class tree.
7156 \(fn)" t nil)
7158 ;;;***
7160 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7161 ;;;;;; (19005 47382))
7162 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7164 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7165 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7166 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7167 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7169 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7170 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7171 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7173 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7174 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7175 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7177 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7179 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7181 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7183 ;;;***
7185 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7186 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19198 52512))
7187 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7189 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7190 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7191 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7193 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7195 ;;;***
7197 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7198 ;;;;;; (19114 58213))
7199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7201 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7202 Not documented
7204 \(fn)" nil nil)
7206 ;;;***
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19226 44507))
7209 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7211 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7212 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7213 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7216 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7218 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7220 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7221 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7222 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7223 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7225 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7226 an EDE controlled project.
7228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7230 ;;;***
7232 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7233 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7234 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19180 20243))
7235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7237 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7238 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7239 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7240 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7241 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7243 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7244 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7245 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7246 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7248 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7250 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7251 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7252 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7253 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7255 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7257 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7258 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7259 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7260 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7262 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7264 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7266 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7267 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7268 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7269 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7270 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7272 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7273 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7274 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7275 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7276 instrumented for Edebug.
7278 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7279 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7280 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7281 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7282 already is one.)
7284 \(fn)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7287 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7289 \(fn)" t nil)
7291 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7292 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7294 \(fn)" t nil)
7296 ;;;***
7298 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7299 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7300 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7301 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7302 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7303 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7304 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7305 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7306 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7307 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19229 9675))
7308 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7310 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7311 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7313 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7316 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7318 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7320 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7322 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7324 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7325 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7326 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7327 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7329 \(fn)" t nil)
7331 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7332 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7333 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7334 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7336 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7339 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7341 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7343 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7345 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7346 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7348 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7350 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7352 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7353 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7354 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7355 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7357 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7359 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7361 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7362 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7363 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7364 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7366 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7368 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7370 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7371 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7372 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7373 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7375 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7377 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7379 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7380 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7381 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7382 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7384 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7386 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7388 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7389 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7390 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7391 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7392 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7393 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7395 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7398 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7399 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7400 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7402 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7404 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7406 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7407 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7408 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7409 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7411 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7413 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7415 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7417 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7418 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7419 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7420 follows:
7421 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7422 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7424 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7427 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7428 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7429 follows:
7430 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7431 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7433 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7435 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7436 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7437 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7438 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7439 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7441 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7444 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7445 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7446 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7447 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7448 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7450 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7452 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7454 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7455 Merge two files without ancestor.
7457 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7460 Merge two files with ancestor.
7462 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7464 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7466 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7467 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7469 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7471 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7472 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7474 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7476 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7477 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7478 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7479 buffer.
7481 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7483 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7484 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7485 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7486 buffer.
7488 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7490 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7491 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7492 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7493 and don't ask the user.
7494 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7495 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7497 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7499 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7500 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7501 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7502 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7503 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7504 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7505 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7506 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7508 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7510 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7512 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7514 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7515 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7516 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7517 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7518 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7520 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7522 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7524 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7525 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7526 When called interactively, displays the version.
7528 \(fn)" t nil)
7530 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7531 Display Ediff's manual.
7532 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7534 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7536 ;;;***
7538 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7539 ;;;;;; (19005 47382))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7542 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7543 Not documented
7545 \(fn)" t nil)
7547 ;;;***
7549 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7550 ;;;;;; (19229 9675))
7551 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7553 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7554 Display Ediff's registry.
7556 \(fn)" t nil)
7558 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7560 ;;;***
7562 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7563 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19220 31144))
7564 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7566 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7567 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7568 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7569 which see.
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7573 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7574 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7575 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7576 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7578 \(fn)" t nil)
7580 ;;;***
7582 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7583 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7584 ;;;;;; (19005 47382))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7587 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7588 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7589 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7591 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7592 Edit a keyboard macro.
7593 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7594 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7595 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7596 its command name.
7597 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7599 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7601 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7602 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7604 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7606 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7607 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7609 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7611 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7612 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7613 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7614 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7615 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7616 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7618 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7619 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7620 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7621 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7623 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7625 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7626 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7627 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7628 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7629 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7630 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7632 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7634 ;;;***
7636 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7637 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19184 20068))
7638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7640 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7641 Set scroll margins.
7642 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7643 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7645 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7647 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7648 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7650 \(fn)" t nil)
7652 ;;;***
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7655 ;;;;;; (19198 52512))
7656 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7658 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7659 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7660 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7661 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7662 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7663 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7664 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7666 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7667 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7669 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7670 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7671 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7672 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7674 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7675 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7676 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7678 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7679 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7680 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7682 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7684 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7685 Not documented
7687 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7689 ;;;***
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7692 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19196 37074))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7695 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7696 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7698 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7700 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7701 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7702 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7703 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7704 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7705 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7706 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7708 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7712 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7713 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7715 \(fn)" t nil)
7717 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7718 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7719 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7720 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7721 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7722 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7723 arg list.
7725 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7726 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7727 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7728 effect.
7730 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7731 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7733 ;;;***
7735 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19143
7736 ;;;;;; 36128))
7737 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7739 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7740 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7742 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7743 an elided material again.
7745 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7749 ;;;***
7751 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7752 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7753 ;;;;;; (19213 42721))
7754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7756 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7757 Lint the file FILE.
7759 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7761 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7762 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7763 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7765 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7767 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7768 Lint the current buffer.
7769 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7771 \(fn)" t nil)
7773 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7774 Lint the function at point.
7775 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7777 \(fn)" t nil)
7779 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7780 Initialize elint.
7781 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7782 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7784 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7786 ;;;***
7788 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7789 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19143
7790 ;;;;;; 36131))
7791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7793 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7794 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7795 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7797 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7799 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7800 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7801 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7802 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7804 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7807 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7808 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7810 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7812 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7814 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7815 Display current profiling results.
7816 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7817 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7818 displayed.
7820 \(fn)" t nil)
7822 ;;;***
7824 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7825 ;;;;;; (19180 20243))
7826 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7828 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7829 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7830 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7832 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7834 ;;;***
7836 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7837 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7838 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7839 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7840 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19198 52512))
7841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7843 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7844 Run Emerge on two files.
7846 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7848 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7849 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7851 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7853 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7854 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7856 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7858 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7859 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7861 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7863 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7864 Not documented
7866 \(fn)" nil nil)
7868 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7869 Not documented
7871 \(fn)" nil nil)
7873 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7874 Not documented
7876 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7878 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7879 Not documented
7881 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7883 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7884 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7886 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7888 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7889 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7891 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7893 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7894 Not documented
7896 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7898 ;;;***
7900 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7901 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19005 47405))
7902 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7904 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7905 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7906 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7907 text/enriched format.
7908 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7910 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7911 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7913 Commands:
7915 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7919 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7920 Not documented
7922 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7924 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7925 Not documented
7927 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7929 ;;;***
7931 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7932 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7933 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7934 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7935 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7936 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19198
7937 ;;;;;; 52512))
7938 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7940 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7941 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7943 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7945 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7946 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7948 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7950 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7951 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7952 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7953 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7954 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7955 the keys are listed.
7956 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7958 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7960 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
7961 Decrypt FILE.
7963 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7965 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
7966 Verify FILE.
7968 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
7971 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
7973 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
7975 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
7976 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
7978 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
7980 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
7981 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
7983 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
7984 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
7985 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
7986 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
7987 should consider using the string based counterpart
7988 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
7989 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
7991 For example:
7993 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
7994 (decode-coding-string
7995 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
7996 'utf-8))
7998 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8000 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8001 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8003 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8004 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8006 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8008 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8009 Verify the current region between START and END.
8011 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8012 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8013 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8014 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8015 should consider using the string based counterpart
8016 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8017 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8019 For example:
8021 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8022 (decode-coding-string
8023 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8024 'utf-8))
8026 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8028 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8029 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8030 between START and END.
8032 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8033 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8035 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8037 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8038 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8040 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8041 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8042 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8043 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8044 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8045 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8047 For example:
8049 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8050 (epg-sign-string
8051 context
8052 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8054 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8056 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8057 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8059 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8060 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8061 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8062 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8063 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8064 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8066 For example:
8068 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8069 (epg-encrypt-string
8070 context
8071 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8072 nil))
8074 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8076 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8077 Delete selected KEYS.
8079 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8081 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8082 Import keys from FILE.
8084 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8086 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8087 Import keys from the region.
8089 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8091 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8092 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8093 between START and END.
8095 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8097 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8098 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8100 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8102 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8103 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8105 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8107 ;;;***
8109 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8110 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18785 31784))
8111 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8113 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8114 Decrypt marked files.
8116 \(fn)" t nil)
8118 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8119 Verify marked files.
8121 \(fn)" t nil)
8123 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8124 Sign marked files.
8126 \(fn)" t nil)
8128 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8129 Encrypt marked files.
8131 \(fn)" t nil)
8133 ;;;***
8135 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8136 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19131 61467))
8137 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8139 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8140 Not documented
8142 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8144 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8145 Not documented
8147 \(fn)" t nil)
8149 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8150 Not documented
8152 \(fn)" t nil)
8154 ;;;***
8156 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8157 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8158 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18785 31785))
8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8161 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8162 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8166 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8167 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8168 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8170 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8172 \(fn)" t nil)
8174 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8175 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8176 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8178 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8180 \(fn)" t nil)
8182 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8183 Sign the current buffer.
8184 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8186 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8188 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8190 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8191 Encrypt the current buffer.
8192 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8194 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8196 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8198 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8199 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8200 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8202 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8204 \(fn)" t nil)
8206 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8207 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8208 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8209 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8210 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8211 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8213 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8215 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8216 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8220 ;;;***
8222 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19198 52512))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8225 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8226 Return a context object.
8228 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8230 ;;;***
8232 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8233 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19198 52512))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8236 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8237 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8239 \(fn)" nil nil)
8241 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8242 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8244 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8246 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8247 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8249 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8251 ;;;***
8253 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8254 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19184 20069))
8255 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8257 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8258 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8260 \(fn)" nil nil)
8262 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8263 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8264 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8266 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8268 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8269 (server (erc-compute-server))
8270 (port (erc-compute-port))
8271 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8272 password
8273 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8275 That is, if called with
8277 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8279 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8280 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8281 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8283 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8285 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8287 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8288 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8289 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8290 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8292 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8294 ;;;***
8296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19005
8297 ;;;;;; 47390))
8298 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8299 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8301 ;;;***
8303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19135 29555))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8305 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8307 ;;;***
8309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19005 47390))
8310 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8311 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8313 ;;;***
8315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19005 47390))
8316 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8317 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8319 ;;;***
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8322 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19171 14221))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8324 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8326 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8327 Parser for /dcc command.
8328 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8329 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8330 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8332 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8334 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8335 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8337 \(fn)" nil nil)
8339 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8340 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8342 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8343 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8344 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8345 that subcommand.
8347 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8349 ;;;***
8351 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8352 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8353 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8354 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8355 ;;;;;; (19005 47390))
8356 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8358 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8359 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8361 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8363 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8364 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8365 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8366 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8368 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8370 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8371 Not documented
8373 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8375 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8376 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8378 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8380 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8381 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8383 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8385 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8386 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8388 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8390 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8391 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8393 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8395 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8396 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8398 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8400 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8401 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8403 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8405 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8406 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8408 \(fn)" nil nil)
8410 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8411 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8413 \(fn)" nil nil)
8415 ;;;***
8417 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19005
8418 ;;;;;; 47390))
8419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8420 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8422 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8423 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8424 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8426 \(fn)" nil nil)
8428 ;;;***
8430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19005
8431 ;;;;;; 47391))
8432 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8433 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8435 ;;;***
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8438 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19005 47391))
8439 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8440 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8442 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8443 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8444 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8445 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8446 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8447 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8448 system.
8450 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8452 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8453 Not documented
8455 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8457 ;;;***
8459 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8460 ;;;;;; (19005 47391))
8461 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8463 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8464 Not documented
8466 \(fn)" nil nil)
8468 ;;;***
8470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19005 47391))
8471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8472 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8474 ;;;***
8476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18785 31933))
8477 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8478 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8480 ;;;***
8482 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8483 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19005 47391))
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8485 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8487 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8488 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8489 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8490 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8491 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8492 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8494 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8496 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8497 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8498 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8499 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8501 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8502 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8503 automatically.
8505 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8506 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8510 ;;;***
8512 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8513 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8514 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8515 ;;;;;; (19005 47391))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8517 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8519 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8520 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8525 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8527 \(fn)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8530 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8535 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8537 \(fn)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8540 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8545 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8547 \(fn)" t nil)
8549 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8550 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8552 \(fn)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8555 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8557 \(fn)" t nil)
8559 ;;;***
8561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19005 47391))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8563 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8565 ;;;***
8567 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8568 ;;;;;; (19005 47391))
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8570 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8572 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8573 Show who's gone.
8575 \(fn)" nil nil)
8577 ;;;***
8579 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8580 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19005 47391))
8581 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8583 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8584 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8585 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8586 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8588 \(fn)" nil nil)
8590 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8591 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8593 \(fn)" t nil)
8595 ;;;***
8597 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8598 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19171 14221))
8599 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8600 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8602 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8603 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8604 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8605 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8607 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8609 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8610 Not documented
8612 \(fn)" nil nil)
8614 ;;;***
8616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19005 47391))
8617 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8618 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8620 ;;;***
8622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19005
8623 ;;;;;; 47391))
8624 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8625 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8627 ;;;***
8629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19005 47391))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8631 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8633 ;;;***
8635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19005 47391))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8637 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8639 ;;;***
8641 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8642 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19005 47391))
8643 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8644 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8646 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8647 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8649 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8652 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8653 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8655 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8657 ;;;***
8659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19005 47391))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8661 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8663 ;;;***
8665 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8666 ;;;;;; (19005 47391))
8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8669 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8670 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8671 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8675 ;;;***
8677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19005
8678 ;;;;;; 47391))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8680 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8682 ;;;***
8684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19005 47391))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8686 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8688 ;;;***
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (19005 47391))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8694 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8695 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8696 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8698 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8700 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8701 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8702 mode line.
8704 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8705 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8706 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8709 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8711 ;;;***
8713 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8714 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19184 20069))
8715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8716 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8718 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8719 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8720 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8721 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8723 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8725 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8726 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8727 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8729 \(fn)" t nil)
8731 ;;;***
8733 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8734 ;;;;;; (19005 47391))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8736 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8738 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8739 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8741 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8743 ;;;***
8745 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19184
8746 ;;;;;; 20069))
8747 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8749 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8750 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8752 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8754 \(fn)" nil nil)
8756 ;;;***
8758 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19106
8759 ;;;;;; 34047))
8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8762 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8763 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8767 ;;;***
8769 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8770 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19005 47391))
8771 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8773 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8774 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8775 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8776 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8777 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8778 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8779 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8780 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8781 buffer selected (or created).
8783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8785 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8786 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8787 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8789 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8791 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8792 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8793 The result might be any Lisp object.
8794 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8795 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8796 corresponding to a successful execution.
8798 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8800 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8802 ;;;***
8804 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8805 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8806 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8807 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8808 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8809 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8810 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8811 ;;;;;; (19226 55172))
8812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8814 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8815 *File name of tags table.
8816 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8817 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8818 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8819 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8821 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8822 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8823 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8824 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8826 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8828 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8829 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8830 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8831 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8832 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8833 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8835 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8837 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8838 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8839 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8840 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8841 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8842 `auto-compression-mode').")
8844 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8846 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8847 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8848 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8849 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8850 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8852 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8854 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8855 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8856 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8857 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8859 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8861 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8862 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8863 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8864 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8865 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8867 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8869 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8870 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8872 \(fn)" t nil)
8874 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8875 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8876 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8877 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8879 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8880 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8881 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8882 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8883 file the tag was in.
8885 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8887 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8888 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8889 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8890 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8891 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8892 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8893 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8894 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8895 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8897 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8899 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8900 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8901 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8902 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8903 without directory names.
8905 \(fn)" nil nil)
8907 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8908 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8909 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8910 but does not select the buffer.
8911 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8913 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8914 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8915 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8916 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8917 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8919 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8921 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8922 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8923 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8925 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8927 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8929 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8930 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8931 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8932 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8934 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8935 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8936 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8937 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8938 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8940 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8942 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8943 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8944 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8946 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8948 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8949 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8951 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8952 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8953 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8954 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8955 around or before point.
8957 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8958 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8959 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8960 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8961 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8963 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8965 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8966 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8967 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8969 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8971 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8972 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8974 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
8975 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8976 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8977 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8978 around or before point.
8980 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8981 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8982 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8983 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8984 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8986 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8988 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8989 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8990 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8992 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8994 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8995 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8997 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
8998 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8999 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9001 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9002 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9003 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9004 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9005 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9007 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9009 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9010 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9011 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9013 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9015 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9016 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9017 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9019 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9020 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9022 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9023 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9024 where they were found.
9026 \(fn)" t nil)
9028 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9029 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9031 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9032 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9033 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9035 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9036 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9038 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9039 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9041 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9043 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9044 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9045 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9046 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9048 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9049 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9050 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9051 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9052 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9054 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9055 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9057 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9058 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9059 Stops when a match is found.
9060 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9062 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9064 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9066 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9067 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9068 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9069 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9070 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9071 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9072 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9073 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9075 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9076 produce the list of files to search.
9078 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9080 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9082 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9083 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9084 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9085 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9086 directory specification.
9088 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9090 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9091 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9093 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9095 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9096 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9097 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9098 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9100 \(fn)" t nil)
9102 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9103 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9104 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9105 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9106 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9108 \(fn)" t nil)
9110 ;;;***
9112 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9113 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9114 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9115 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9116 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9117 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9118 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9119 ;;;;;; (19005 47396))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9122 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9123 Not documented
9125 \(fn)" nil nil)
9127 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9128 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9130 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9131 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9133 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9134 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9135 primary language.
9137 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9138 even if the buffer is read-only.
9140 See also the descriptions of the variables
9141 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9143 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9145 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9146 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9148 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9149 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9151 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9152 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9153 primary language.
9155 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9156 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9158 See also the descriptions of the variables
9159 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9161 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9163 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9164 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9165 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9166 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9168 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9170 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9171 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9172 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9173 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9175 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9176 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9177 primary language.
9179 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9180 buffer is read-only.
9182 See also the descriptions of the variables
9183 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9184 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9186 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9188 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9189 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9191 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9192 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9194 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9195 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9196 the primary language.
9198 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9199 buffer is read-only.
9201 See also the descriptions of the variables
9202 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9203 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9205 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9207 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9208 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9209 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9211 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9213 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9214 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9216 \(fn)" t nil)
9218 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9219 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9221 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9222 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9223 be 1, 2, or 3.
9225 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9226 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9227 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9229 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9231 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9233 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9234 This function is deprecated.
9236 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9238 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9239 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9241 \(fn)" t nil)
9243 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9244 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9246 \(fn)" t nil)
9248 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9249 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9251 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9252 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9254 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9255 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9257 \(fn)" nil nil)
9259 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9260 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9262 \(fn)" nil nil)
9264 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9265 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9267 \(fn)" nil nil)
9269 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9270 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9272 \(fn)" nil nil)
9274 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9275 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9276 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9280 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9281 Not documented
9283 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9285 ;;;***
9287 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9288 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9289 ;;;;;; (19196 37075))
9290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9292 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9293 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9294 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9295 server for future sessions.
9297 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9299 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9300 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9301 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9303 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9305 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9306 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9307 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9309 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9311 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9312 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9313 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9314 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9315 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9316 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9317 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9318 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9319 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9320 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9321 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9322 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9324 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9326 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9327 Display a form to query the directory server.
9328 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9329 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9331 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9333 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9334 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9335 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9337 \(fn)" t nil)
9339 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9341 ;;;***
9343 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9344 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9345 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19123 45884))
9346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9348 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9349 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9351 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9353 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9354 Display URL and make it clickable.
9356 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9358 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9359 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9361 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9363 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9364 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9366 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9368 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9369 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9371 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9373 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9374 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9376 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9378 ;;;***
9380 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9381 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19005 47399))
9382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9384 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9385 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9386 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9388 \(fn)" t nil)
9390 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9391 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9393 \(fn)" t nil)
9395 ;;;***
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9398 ;;;;;; (19005 47399))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9401 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9402 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9404 \(fn)" t nil)
9406 ;;;***
9408 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19005
9409 ;;;;;; 47390))
9410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9412 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9413 Create an empty ewoc.
9415 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9417 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9418 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9419 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9420 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9421 `insert-before-markers'.
9423 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9424 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9425 respectively, of the ewoc.
9427 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9428 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9429 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9431 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9433 ;;;***
9435 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9436 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9437 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9438 ;;;;;; (19005 47403))
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9441 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9442 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9443 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9445 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9447 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9448 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9449 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9450 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9451 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9453 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9455 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9456 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9457 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9458 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9459 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9460 executable.
9462 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9464 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9465 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9466 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9468 \(fn)" t nil)
9470 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9471 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9472 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9473 file modes.
9475 \(fn)" nil nil)
9477 ;;;***
9479 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9480 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9481 ;;;;;; (19005 47382))
9482 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9484 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9485 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9486 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9487 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9489 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9491 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9492 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9493 to generate such functions.
9495 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9496 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9497 beginning of the expanded text.
9499 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9500 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9501 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9502 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9504 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9506 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9508 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9509 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9510 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9512 \(fn)" nil nil)
9514 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9515 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9516 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9518 \(fn)" t nil)
9520 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9521 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9522 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9524 \(fn)" t nil)
9525 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9526 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9528 ;;;***
9530 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19147 60029))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9533 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9534 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9535 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9537 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9538 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9539 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9541 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9543 Key definitions:
9544 \\{f90-mode-map}
9546 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9548 `f90-do-indent'
9549 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9550 `f90-if-indent'
9551 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9552 `f90-type-indent'
9553 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9554 `f90-program-indent'
9555 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9556 (default 2).
9557 `f90-continuation-indent'
9558 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9559 `f90-comment-region'
9560 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9561 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9562 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9563 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9564 (default \"!\").
9565 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9566 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9567 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9568 `f90-break-delimiters'
9569 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9570 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9571 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9572 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9573 (default t).
9574 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9575 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9576 `f90-smart-end'
9577 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9578 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9579 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9580 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9581 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9582 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9583 `f90-leave-line-no'
9584 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9586 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9587 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9589 \(fn)" t nil)
9591 ;;;***
9593 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9594 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9595 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9596 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19143
9597 ;;;;;; 36128))
9598 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9600 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9601 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9603 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9604 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9606 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9607 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9608 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9609 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9610 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9611 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9612 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9614 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9615 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9616 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9618 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9620 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9621 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9623 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9625 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9626 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9627 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9628 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9629 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9630 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9632 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9634 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9635 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9636 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9638 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9639 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9640 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9641 the same amount).
9643 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9645 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9646 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9647 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9649 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9650 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9651 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9652 will remove any scaling currently active.
9654 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9656 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9657 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9658 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9660 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9661 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9662 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9663 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9664 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9666 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9667 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9669 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9670 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9672 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9673 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9674 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9676 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9677 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9678 is one of the above.
9680 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9681 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9682 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9683 will remove any scaling currently active.
9685 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9686 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9687 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9688 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9689 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9691 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9693 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9694 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9695 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9696 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9700 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9701 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9702 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9703 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9704 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9706 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9707 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9709 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9711 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9712 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9713 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9714 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9716 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9717 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9718 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9719 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9721 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9722 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9724 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9726 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9727 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9728 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9729 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9733 ;;;***
9735 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9736 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9737 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19184 20069))
9738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9740 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9741 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9742 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9743 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9745 \(fn)" nil nil)
9747 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9748 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9752 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9753 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9754 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9755 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9759 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9760 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9761 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9762 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9763 backup file names and the like).
9765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9767 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9768 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9769 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9770 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9771 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9772 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9773 internally by feedmail):
9775 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9776 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9777 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9778 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9780 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9781 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9782 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9783 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9784 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9786 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9788 ;;;***
9790 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9791 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19227 52848))
9792 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9794 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9795 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9796 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9797 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9798 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9799 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9800 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9802 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9804 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9805 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9806 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9807 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9808 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9809 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9810 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9812 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9814 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9816 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9817 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9818 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9819 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9820 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9821 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9823 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9825 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9826 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9827 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9828 Return value:
9829 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9830 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9831 * otherwise, nil
9833 \(fn E)" t nil)
9835 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9836 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9838 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9840 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9841 Try to get a file name at point.
9842 This hook is inteneded to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9844 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9845 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9847 \(fn)" t nil)
9849 ;;;***
9851 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9852 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9853 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9854 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19220 31144))
9855 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9857 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9858 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9859 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9860 be added to the cache.
9862 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9865 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9866 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9867 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9868 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9870 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9873 Add FILE to the file cache.
9875 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9877 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9878 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9879 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9881 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9883 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9884 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9885 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9887 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9889 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9890 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9891 This function does not use any external programs
9892 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9893 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9894 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9896 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9898 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9899 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9900 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9901 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9902 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9903 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9904 \(directories) is done.
9906 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9908 ;;;***
9910 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9911 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9912 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9913 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9914 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19159 32854))
9915 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9917 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9918 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9920 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9921 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9922 Local Variables list.
9924 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9925 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9926 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9928 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9930 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9931 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9933 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9935 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9936 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9938 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9939 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9940 the -*- line.
9942 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9943 then this function adds it.
9945 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9947 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9948 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9950 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9952 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9953 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9955 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9957 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9958 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
9960 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
9962 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
9963 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
9965 \(fn)" t nil)
9967 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
9968 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
9970 \(fn)" t nil)
9972 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
9973 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
9975 \(fn)" t nil)
9977 ;;;***
9979 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19198
9980 ;;;;;; 52512))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
9983 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
9984 Filesets initialization.
9985 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
9987 \(fn)" nil nil)
9989 ;;;***
9991 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18785 31789))
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
9994 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
9995 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
9997 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
9998 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
9999 (mtime \"+1\"))
10000 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10002 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10003 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10005 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10007 ;;;***
10009 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10010 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10011 ;;;;;; (19205 43718))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10014 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10015 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10016 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10017 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10018 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10020 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10022 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10023 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10024 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10025 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10026 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10028 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10030 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10031 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10032 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10033 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10035 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10037 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10038 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10039 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10041 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10043 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10044 as the final argument.
10046 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10048 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10049 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10050 and run dired on those files.
10051 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10052 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10054 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10056 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10058 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10059 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10060 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10062 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10064 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10066 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10068 ;;;***
10070 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10071 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10072 ;;;;;; (19196 37074))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10075 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10076 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10077 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10078 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10079 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10080 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10081 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10083 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10084 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10085 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10087 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10089 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10091 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10093 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10094 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10095 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10097 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10098 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10100 Variables of interest include:
10102 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10103 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10104 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10106 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10107 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10108 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10110 - `ff-ignore-include'
10111 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10113 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10114 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10116 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10117 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10119 - `ff-special-constructs'
10120 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10121 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10122 extracting the filename from that construct.
10124 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10125 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10127 - `ff-search-directories'
10128 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10129 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10131 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10132 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10134 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10135 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10137 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10138 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10140 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10141 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10143 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10144 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10146 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10148 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10149 Visit the file you click on.
10151 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10153 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10154 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10156 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10158 ;;;***
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10161 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10162 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10163 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10164 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10165 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10166 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19005 47390))
10167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10169 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10170 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10171 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10173 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10175 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10176 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10177 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10178 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10180 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10181 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10182 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10183 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10185 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10187 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10188 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10190 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10191 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10192 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10193 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10195 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10196 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10197 in `load-path'.
10199 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10201 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10202 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10204 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10205 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10206 places point before the definition.
10207 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10209 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10210 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10211 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10213 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10215 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10216 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10218 See `find-function' for more details.
10220 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10222 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10223 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10225 See `find-function' for more details.
10227 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10229 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10230 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10232 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10233 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10234 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10236 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10237 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10239 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10241 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10242 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10244 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10245 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10246 places point before the definition.
10248 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10250 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10251 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10252 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10254 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10256 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10257 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10259 See `find-variable' for more details.
10261 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10264 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10266 See `find-variable' for more details.
10268 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10270 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10271 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10272 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10273 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10274 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10275 buffer nor display it.
10277 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10278 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10280 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10282 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10283 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10285 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10286 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10287 places point before the definition.
10289 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10291 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10293 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10295 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10297 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10298 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10299 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10301 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10303 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10304 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10306 \(fn)" t nil)
10308 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10309 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10311 \(fn)" t nil)
10313 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10314 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10316 \(fn)" nil nil)
10318 ;;;***
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10321 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19005 47383))
10322 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10324 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10325 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10327 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10329 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10330 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10332 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10334 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10335 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10337 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10339 ;;;***
10341 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10342 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19217 31366))
10343 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10345 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10346 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10348 \(fn)" t nil)
10350 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10351 Display FILE's commentary section.
10352 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10354 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10356 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10357 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10359 \(fn)" t nil)
10361 ;;;***
10363 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10364 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19005 47383))
10365 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10367 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10368 Toggle flow control handling.
10369 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10370 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10372 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10374 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10375 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10376 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10377 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10378 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10379 to get the effect of a C-q.
10381 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10383 ;;;***
10385 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10386 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
10387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10389 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10390 Not documented
10392 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10394 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10395 Not documented
10397 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10399 ;;;***
10401 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10402 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19106 34050))
10403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10405 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10406 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10407 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10408 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10412 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10413 Turn flymake mode on.
10415 \(fn)" nil nil)
10417 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10418 Turn flymake mode off.
10420 \(fn)" nil nil)
10422 ;;;***
10424 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10425 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10426 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19205 26768))
10427 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10429 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10430 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10432 \(fn)" t nil)
10433 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10435 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10436 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10437 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10438 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10439 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10440 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10441 otherwise turn it off.
10443 Bindings:
10444 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10445 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10446 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10447 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10449 Hooks:
10450 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10452 Remark:
10453 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10454 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10455 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10457 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10458 consider adding:
10459 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10460 in your .emacs file.
10462 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10463 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10467 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10468 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10472 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10473 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10475 \(fn)" nil nil)
10477 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10478 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10480 \(fn)" nil nil)
10482 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10483 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10485 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10487 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10488 Flyspell whole buffer.
10490 \(fn)" t nil)
10492 ;;;***
10494 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10495 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10496 ;;;;;; (19005 47383))
10497 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10499 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10500 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10502 \(fn)" nil nil)
10504 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10505 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10507 \(fn)" nil nil)
10509 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10510 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10512 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10513 of two major techniques:
10515 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10516 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10517 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10519 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10520 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10521 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10522 movement commands.
10524 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10525 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10526 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10527 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10528 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10529 mileage may vary).
10531 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10532 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10534 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10536 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10537 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10538 \(This is the default.)
10540 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10542 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10543 \\{follow-mode-map}
10545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10547 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10548 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10550 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10551 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10552 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10553 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10554 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10555 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10557 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10558 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10559 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10561 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10562 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10563 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10567 ;;;***
10569 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19106
10570 ;;;;;; 34048))
10571 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10573 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10574 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10575 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10576 started, play around with the following keys:
10577 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10581 ;;;***
10583 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10584 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19005 47383))
10585 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10587 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10588 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10590 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10591 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10592 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10593 C-c < forms-first-record <
10594 C-c > forms-last-record >
10595 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10596 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10597 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10598 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10599 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10600 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10601 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10602 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10603 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10604 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10606 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10608 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10609 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10611 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10613 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10614 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10616 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10618 ;;;***
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10621 ;;;;;; (19147 60029))
10622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10624 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10625 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10626 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10628 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10629 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10631 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10633 Key definitions:
10634 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10636 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10638 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10639 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10640 `fortran-do-indent'
10641 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10642 `fortran-if-indent'
10643 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10644 `fortran-structure-indent'
10645 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10646 (default 3)
10647 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10648 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10649 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10650 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10651 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10652 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10653 nil don't change the indentation
10654 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10655 value of either
10656 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10657 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10658 depending on the continuation format in use.
10659 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10660 indentation for a line of code.
10661 (default 'fixed)
10662 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10663 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10664 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10665 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10666 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10667 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10668 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10669 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10670 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10671 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10672 column 5.
10673 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10674 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10675 statements (default nil).
10676 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10677 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10678 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10679 `fortran-continuation-string'
10680 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10681 line (default \"$\").
10682 `fortran-comment-region'
10683 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10684 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10685 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10686 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10687 as typed (default t).
10688 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10689 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10691 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10692 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10694 \(fn)" t nil)
10696 ;;;***
10698 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10699 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19184 20069))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10702 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10703 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10705 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10706 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10708 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10710 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10711 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10713 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10714 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10716 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10719 Compile fortune file.
10721 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10722 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10724 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10726 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10727 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10729 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10730 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10731 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10732 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10734 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10736 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10737 Display a fortune cookie.
10739 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10740 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10741 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10742 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10744 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10746 ;;;***
10748 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10749 ;;;;;; (19180 20245))
10750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10752 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10753 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10755 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10757 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10758 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10759 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10760 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10762 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10763 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10764 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10765 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10767 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10768 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10769 shown in some of the buffers.
10771 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10773 The following commands help control operation :
10775 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10776 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10778 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10779 detailed description of this mode.
10782 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10783 | GDB Toolbar |
10784 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10785 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10786 | | |
10787 | | |
10788 | | |
10789 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10790 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10791 | | (comint-mode) |
10792 | | |
10793 | | |
10794 | | |
10795 | | |
10796 | | |
10797 | | |
10798 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10799 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10800 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10801 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10802 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10803 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10805 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10807 ;;;***
10809 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10810 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19005
10811 ;;;;;; 47390))
10812 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10814 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10815 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10816 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10817 instead (which see).")
10819 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10820 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10822 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10823 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10824 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10825 documentation string instead.
10827 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10828 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10829 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10830 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10831 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10832 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10833 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10834 enders are actually possible.
10836 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10837 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10839 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10840 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10841 `font-lock-keywords'.
10843 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10844 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10845 runs the macro expansion.
10847 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10848 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10849 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10851 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10853 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10855 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10856 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10858 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10860 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10861 Enter generic mode MODE.
10863 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10864 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10865 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10867 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10868 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10870 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10872 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10873 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10874 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10875 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10876 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10877 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10878 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10879 `font-lock-keywords'.
10881 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10883 ;;;***
10885 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10886 ;;;;;; (19005 47404))
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10889 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10890 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10891 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10892 at places they belong to.
10894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10896 ;;;***
10898 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10899 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10900 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
10901 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10903 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10904 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10905 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10907 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10909 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10910 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10912 Guideline for numbers:
10913 1 - error messages
10914 3 - non-serious error messages
10915 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10916 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10917 9 - messages inside loops.
10919 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10921 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10922 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10923 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10925 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10927 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10928 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10930 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10932 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10933 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10935 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10936 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10937 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10938 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10939 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10940 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10942 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10943 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10944 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10945 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10946 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10948 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10950 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
10952 ;;;***
10954 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10955 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19168 27668))
10956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10957 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
10958 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
10960 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
10961 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10965 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
10966 Read network news.
10967 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10968 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10969 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10970 name of an NNTP server to use.
10971 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10972 server.
10974 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10976 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
10977 Read news as a slave.
10979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10981 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
10982 Pop up a frame to read news.
10983 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10984 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10985 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10986 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10987 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
10988 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10989 current display is used.
10991 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
10993 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
10994 Read network news.
10995 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10996 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10997 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10999 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11001 ;;;***
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11004 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11005 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11006 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11007 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11008 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19005 47393))
11009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11011 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11012 Start Gnus unplugged.
11014 \(fn)" t nil)
11016 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11017 Start Gnus plugged.
11019 \(fn)" t nil)
11021 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11022 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11026 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11027 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11029 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11030 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11031 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11033 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11034 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11035 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11037 \(fn)" t nil)
11039 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11040 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11042 \(fn)" nil nil)
11044 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11045 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11046 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11047 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11048 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11049 supported.
11051 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11053 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11054 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11055 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11056 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11057 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11058 supported.
11060 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11062 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11063 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11065 \(fn)" nil nil)
11067 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11068 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11069 downloaded into the agent.
11071 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11073 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11074 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11075 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11076 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11078 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11080 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11081 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11083 \(fn)" t nil)
11085 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11086 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11088 \(fn)" t nil)
11090 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11091 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11092 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11094 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11096 ;;;***
11098 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11099 ;;;;;; (19171 14221))
11100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11102 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11103 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11105 \(fn)" nil nil)
11107 ;;;***
11109 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11110 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
11111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11113 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11114 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11116 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11118 ;;;***
11120 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11121 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18785 31955))
11122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11124 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11125 Set a bookmark for this article.
11127 \(fn)" t nil)
11129 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11130 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11132 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11134 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11135 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11136 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11137 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11138 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11140 \(fn)" t nil)
11142 ;;;***
11144 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11145 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11146 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19005
11147 ;;;;;; 47393))
11148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11150 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11151 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11153 Usage:
11154 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11156 \(fn)" t nil)
11158 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11159 Generate the cache active file.
11161 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11163 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11164 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11166 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11168 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11169 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11170 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11171 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11172 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11173 supported.
11175 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11177 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11178 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11179 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11180 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11181 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11182 supported.
11184 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11186 ;;;***
11188 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11189 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19106 34047))
11190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11192 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11193 Delay this article by some time.
11194 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11196 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11197 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11199 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11200 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11202 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11203 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11205 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11207 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11208 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11210 \(fn)" t nil)
11212 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11213 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11214 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11215 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11217 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11218 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11220 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11222 ;;;***
11224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11225 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19123 45883))
11226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11228 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11229 Not documented
11231 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11233 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11234 Not documented
11236 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11238 ;;;***
11240 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11241 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
11242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11244 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11245 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11247 \(fn)" t nil)
11249 ;;;***
11251 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11252 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
11253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11255 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11256 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11258 \(fn)" t nil)
11260 ;;;***
11262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11263 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11264 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19005
11265 ;;;;;; 47393))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11268 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11269 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11271 \(fn)" t nil)
11273 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11274 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11276 \(fn)" t nil)
11278 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11279 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11281 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11282 different input formats.
11284 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11286 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11287 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11289 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11290 different input formats.
11292 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11294 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11295 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11296 The PNG is returned as a string.
11298 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11300 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11301 Convert FILE to a Face.
11302 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11303 726 bytes.
11305 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11307 ;;;***
11309 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11310 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19224 11653))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11313 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11314 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11315 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11316 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11318 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11320 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11321 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11323 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11325 ;;;***
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11328 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
11329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11331 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11333 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11334 Run batched scoring.
11335 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11337 \(fn)" t nil)
11339 ;;;***
11341 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11342 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11343 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
11344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11346 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11347 Not documented
11349 \(fn)" nil nil)
11351 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11352 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11353 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11355 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11357 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11358 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11360 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11364 ;;;***
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11367 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11368 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11371 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11372 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11373 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11374 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11375 group parameters.
11377 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11378 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11379 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11380 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11382 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11383 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11384 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11385 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11386 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11387 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11388 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11389 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11390 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11391 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11393 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11395 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11396 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11397 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11398 nil CATCH-ALL).
11400 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11401 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11403 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11405 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11406 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11407 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11409 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11411 \(fn)" nil nil)
11413 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11414 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11415 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11417 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11419 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11420 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11421 existing groups are considered.
11423 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11424 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11425 returned.
11427 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11428 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11429 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11430 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11431 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11432 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11433 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11434 clauses will be generated.
11436 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11437 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11438 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11439 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11440 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11441 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11443 For example, given the following group parameters:
11445 nnml:mail.bar:
11446 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11447 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11448 nnml:mail.foo:
11449 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11450 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11451 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11452 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11453 nnml:mail.others:
11454 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11456 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11458 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11459 \"mail.bar\")
11460 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11461 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11462 \"mail.others\")
11464 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11466 ;;;***
11468 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11469 ;;;;;; (19005 47393))
11470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11472 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11473 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11474 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11476 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11478 ;;;***
11480 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11481 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19097 14265))
11482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11484 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11485 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11486 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11487 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11489 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11491 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11492 Mail to ADDRESS.
11494 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11496 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11497 Like `message-reply'.
11499 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11501 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11503 ;;;***
11505 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11506 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19005 47393))
11507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11509 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11510 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11512 \(fn)" t nil)
11514 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11515 Load the NoCeM cache.
11517 \(fn)" t nil)
11519 ;;;***
11521 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11522 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11523 ;;;;;; (19106 34047))
11524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11526 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11527 Display picons in the From header.
11528 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11530 \(fn)" t nil)
11532 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11533 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11534 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11536 \(fn)" t nil)
11538 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11539 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11540 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11542 \(fn)" t nil)
11544 ;;;***
11546 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11547 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11548 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11549 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11550 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19005 47394))
11551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11553 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11554 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11555 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11556 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11558 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11560 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11561 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11562 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11563 LIST1 is modified.
11565 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11567 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11568 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11569 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11571 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11573 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11574 Not documented
11576 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11578 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11579 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11580 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11582 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11584 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11585 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11586 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11588 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11590 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11592 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11593 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11594 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11596 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11599 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11600 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11602 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11604 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11605 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11606 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11608 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11610 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11611 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11613 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11615 ;;;***
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11618 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19005 47394))
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11621 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11622 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11624 \(fn)" t nil)
11626 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11627 Install the registry hooks.
11629 \(fn)" t nil)
11631 ;;;***
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11634 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19005
11635 ;;;;;; 47394))
11636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11638 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11639 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11640 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11641 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11642 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11643 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11645 \(fn)" t nil)
11647 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11648 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11649 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11650 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11651 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11653 \(fn)" t nil)
11655 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11656 Not documented
11658 \(fn)" t nil)
11660 ;;;***
11662 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11663 ;;;;;; (19005 47394))
11664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11666 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11667 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11668 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11669 for matching on group names.
11671 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11672 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11674 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11676 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11678 \(fn)" t nil)
11680 ;;;***
11682 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11683 ;;;;;; (19097 14265))
11684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11686 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11687 Update the format specification near point.
11689 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11691 ;;;***
11693 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11694 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19005
11695 ;;;;;; 47394))
11696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11698 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11699 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11701 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11703 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11704 Not documented
11706 \(fn)" nil nil)
11708 ;;;***
11710 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11711 ;;;;;; (19005 47394))
11712 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11714 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11715 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11717 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11719 ;;;***
11721 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19230 33263))
11722 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11724 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11725 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11727 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11728 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11729 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11731 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11732 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11733 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11735 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11736 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11738 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11739 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11741 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11743 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11745 ;;;***
11747 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11748 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19005
11749 ;;;;;; 47399))
11750 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11752 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11754 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11755 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11756 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11757 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11758 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11760 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11762 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11763 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11764 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11765 or to send e-mail.
11766 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11767 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11769 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11770 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11772 \(fn)" t nil)
11773 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11775 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11776 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11780 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11781 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11785 ;;;***
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11788 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11789 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19229 39178))
11790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11792 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11793 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11795 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11797 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11798 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11799 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11800 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11801 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11803 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11804 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11805 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11807 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11809 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11810 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11811 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11812 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11813 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11815 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11817 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11818 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11820 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11822 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11823 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11825 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11826 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11827 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11829 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11830 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11831 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11833 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11834 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11835 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11836 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11838 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11839 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11840 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11841 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11842 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11844 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11846 (defvar grep-history nil)
11848 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11850 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11851 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11852 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11854 \(fn)" nil nil)
11856 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11857 Not documented
11859 \(fn)" nil nil)
11861 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11862 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11864 \(fn)" nil nil)
11866 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11867 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11868 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11869 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11870 found matches.
11872 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11873 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11875 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11876 can easily repeat a grep command.
11878 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11879 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11880 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11881 list is empty).
11883 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11885 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11886 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11887 Collect output in a buffer.
11888 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11889 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11891 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11892 easily repeat a find command.
11894 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11896 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11898 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11899 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11900 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11901 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11902 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11904 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11905 before it is executed.
11906 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11908 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11909 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11910 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11912 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11914 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11916 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11917 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11918 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11919 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11920 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11922 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11923 before it is executed.
11924 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11926 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11927 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11928 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11930 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11932 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11934 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11935 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11936 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11937 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11939 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
11941 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
11943 ;;;***
11945 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19161 17545))
11946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11948 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
11949 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11950 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11951 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11952 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11954 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11956 ;;;***
11958 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
11959 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19217 31367))
11960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11962 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
11963 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11964 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11965 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11967 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11969 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
11970 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11971 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11972 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11974 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11976 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
11977 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11978 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11979 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11981 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11983 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
11984 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11985 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11986 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11988 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11989 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11991 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11993 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
11994 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11995 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11996 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11998 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12000 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12001 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12002 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12003 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12005 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12007 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12008 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12009 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12010 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12011 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12013 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12014 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12015 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12016 original source file access method.
12018 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12019 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12021 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12022 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12024 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode))
12026 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12027 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12029 \(fn)" t nil)
12031 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12032 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12033 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12036 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12038 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12040 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12041 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12045 ;;;***
12047 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19106
12048 ;;;;;; 34049))
12049 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12051 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12052 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12053 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12054 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12056 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12057 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12058 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12059 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12061 \(fn)" t nil)
12063 ;;;***
12065 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12066 ;;;;;; (19106 34049))
12067 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12069 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12070 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12072 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12074 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12075 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12076 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12077 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12079 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12081 \(fn)" t nil)
12083 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12084 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12085 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12086 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12087 to be updated.
12089 \(fn)" t nil)
12091 ;;;***
12093 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12094 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12095 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19184 20069))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12098 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12099 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12101 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12103 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12104 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12105 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12109 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12110 Verify a hashcash payment
12112 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12114 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12115 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12116 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12117 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12118 `mail-add-payment-async').
12120 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12122 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12123 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12124 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12125 Calculation is asynchronous.
12127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12129 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12130 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12131 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12135 ;;;***
12137 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12138 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12139 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12140 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19005 47383))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12143 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12144 Return the help-echo string at point.
12145 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12146 property, or nil, is returned.
12147 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12148 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12149 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12151 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12153 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12154 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12155 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12156 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12157 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12159 \(fn)" nil nil)
12161 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12162 Display local help in the echo area.
12163 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12164 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12165 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12166 printed instead.
12168 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12169 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12170 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12174 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12175 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12176 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12180 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12181 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12182 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12184 \(fn)" t nil)
12186 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12187 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12188 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12189 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12190 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12191 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12192 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12193 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12194 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12195 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12196 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12198 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12199 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12200 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12201 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12202 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12204 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12205 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12206 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12207 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12208 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12209 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12210 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12211 The default is `never'.")
12213 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12215 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12216 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12217 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12218 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12219 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12220 considered different regions.
12222 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12223 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12224 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12225 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12226 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12227 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12228 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12229 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12230 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12232 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12234 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12235 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12236 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12237 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12238 different regions.
12240 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12241 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12242 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12243 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12244 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12245 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12246 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12247 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12249 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12250 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12251 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12252 rarely happens in practice.
12254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12256 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12257 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12258 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12259 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12260 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12261 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12265 ;;;***
12267 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12268 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12269 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12270 ;;;;;; (19198 53200))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12273 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12274 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12276 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12278 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12279 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12280 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12282 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12284 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12285 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12286 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12287 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12288 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12289 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12290 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12291 search for a function definition.
12293 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12294 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12295 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12296 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12297 suitable file is found, return nil.
12299 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12301 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12302 Not documented
12304 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12306 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12307 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12308 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12309 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12311 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12313 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12314 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12315 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12316 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12317 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12318 it is displayed along with the global value.
12320 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12322 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12323 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12324 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12325 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12327 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12329 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12330 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12331 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12332 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12333 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12335 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12337 ;;;***
12339 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12340 ;;;;;; (19135 29554))
12341 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12343 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12344 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12345 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12346 window listing and describing the options.
12347 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12348 gives the window that lists the options.")
12350 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12352 ;;;***
12354 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12355 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12356 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19206
12357 ;;;;;; 44855))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12360 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12361 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12362 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12363 Commands:
12364 \\{help-mode-map}
12366 \(fn)" t nil)
12368 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12369 Not documented
12371 \(fn)" nil nil)
12373 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12374 Not documented
12376 \(fn)" nil nil)
12378 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12379 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12381 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12382 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12383 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12384 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12386 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12387 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12388 restore it properly when going back.
12390 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12392 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12393 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12394 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12395 current buffer.
12396 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12397 exists, it is created.
12399 \(fn)" nil nil)
12401 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12402 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12404 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12405 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12406 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12407 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12408 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12409 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12410 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12411 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12413 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12414 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12415 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12416 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12418 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12419 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12420 that.
12422 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12424 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12425 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12426 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12427 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12428 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12429 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12431 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12433 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12434 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12435 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12436 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12437 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12439 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12442 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12444 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12446 ;;;***
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19005 47390))
12450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12452 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12453 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12455 \(fn)" t nil)
12457 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12458 Provide help for current mode.
12460 \(fn)" t nil)
12462 ;;;***
12464 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12465 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19143 36128))
12466 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12468 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12469 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12470 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12471 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12472 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12474 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12475 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12477 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12478 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12479 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12480 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12482 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12483 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12484 periods.
12486 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12487 in hexl format.
12489 A sample format:
12491 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12492 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12493 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12494 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12495 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12496 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12497 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12498 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12499 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12500 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12501 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12502 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12503 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12504 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12505 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12507 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12508 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12509 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12511 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12512 also supported.
12514 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12516 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12517 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12518 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12520 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12521 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12522 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12524 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12525 into the buffer at the current point.
12527 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12528 into the buffer at the current point.
12530 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12531 into the buffer at the current point.
12533 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12535 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12536 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12538 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12540 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12544 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12545 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12546 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12547 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12549 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12551 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12552 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12553 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12555 \(fn)" t nil)
12557 ;;;***
12559 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12560 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12561 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12562 ;;;;;; (19196 37074))
12563 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12565 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12566 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12568 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12569 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12570 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12571 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12572 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12573 called interactively, are:
12575 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12576 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12578 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12579 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12580 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12581 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12583 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12584 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12586 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12587 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12589 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12590 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12591 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12592 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12593 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12594 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12595 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12596 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12597 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12598 function returns t.
12600 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12601 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12603 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12604 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12605 form:
12606 Hi-lock: FOO
12607 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12608 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12609 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12610 Patterns will be read until
12611 Hi-lock: end
12612 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12616 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12617 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12618 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12620 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12621 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12623 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12625 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12626 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12627 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12628 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12629 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12633 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12635 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12636 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12638 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12639 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12640 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12641 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12642 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12644 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12646 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12648 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12649 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12651 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12652 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12653 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12654 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12655 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12657 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12659 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12661 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12662 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12664 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12665 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12667 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12669 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12671 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12672 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12674 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12675 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12676 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12677 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12678 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12680 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12682 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12683 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12685 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12686 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12687 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12689 \(fn)" t nil)
12691 ;;;***
12693 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12694 ;;;;;; (19005 47404))
12695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12697 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12698 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12699 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12700 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12701 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12702 how the hiding is done:
12704 `hide-ifdef-env'
12705 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12706 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12707 is used.
12709 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12710 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12711 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12712 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12713 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12715 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12716 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12717 #endif lines when hiding.
12719 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12720 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12721 is activated.
12723 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12724 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12725 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12727 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12731 ;;;***
12733 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12734 ;;;;;; (19196 37076))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12737 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12738 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12739 Each element has the form
12740 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12742 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12743 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12745 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12746 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12748 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12749 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12750 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12751 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12752 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12753 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12755 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12756 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12758 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12759 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12761 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12762 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12763 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12765 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12766 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12767 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12768 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12769 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12771 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12772 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12773 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12775 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12776 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12778 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12780 Key bindings:
12781 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12785 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12786 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12788 \(fn)" nil nil)
12790 ;;;***
12792 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12793 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12794 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12795 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12796 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19106
12797 ;;;;;; 34046))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12800 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12801 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12803 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12805 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12806 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12807 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12808 on and off.
12810 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12811 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12812 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12813 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12814 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12815 through various faces.
12816 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12817 buffer with the contents of a file
12818 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12822 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12823 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12825 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12826 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12827 in a distinctive face.
12829 The default value can be customized with variable
12830 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12832 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12836 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12837 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12838 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12840 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12842 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12843 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12845 \(fn)" t nil)
12847 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12848 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12850 \(fn)" t nil)
12852 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12853 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12855 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12856 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12857 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12858 shown in the last face in the list.
12860 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12861 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12862 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12864 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12866 \(fn)" t nil)
12868 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12869 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12871 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12873 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12874 to save the file.
12876 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12877 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12879 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12880 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12881 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12883 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12885 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12886 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12888 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12889 this function is called interactively.
12891 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12892 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12893 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12895 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12896 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12897 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12899 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12901 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12902 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12903 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12906 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12908 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12910 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12911 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12912 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12913 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12914 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12918 ;;;***
12920 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12921 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12922 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12923 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12924 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19224 11651))
12925 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12927 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12928 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12929 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12930 or insert functions in this list.")
12932 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12934 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12935 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12937 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
12939 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12940 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12942 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
12944 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12945 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12947 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
12949 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12950 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12952 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
12954 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12955 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12956 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12958 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
12960 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
12961 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12962 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12963 \(as atoms)")
12965 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
12967 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12968 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12969 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12970 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12971 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12973 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
12975 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
12976 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12977 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12978 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12979 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12980 expansions.
12981 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12982 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12983 undoes the expansion.
12985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12987 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
12988 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12989 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12990 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12992 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12994 ;;;***
12996 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12997 ;;;;;; (19226 50753))
12998 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13000 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13001 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13002 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13004 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13005 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13006 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13007 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13008 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13010 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13011 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13012 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13013 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13017 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13018 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13019 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13022 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13024 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13026 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13027 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13028 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13030 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13031 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13035 ;;;***
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13038 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13039 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13040 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13041 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19196 37074))
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13044 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13045 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13048 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13050 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13052 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13054 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13055 Oriental holidays.
13056 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13058 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13060 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13062 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13064 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13065 Local holidays.
13066 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13068 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13070 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13072 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13074 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13075 User defined holidays.
13076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13078 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13080 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13082 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13084 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13085 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13087 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13089 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13090 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13092 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13094 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13095 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13097 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13099 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13100 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13102 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13104 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13105 Jewish holidays.
13106 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13108 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13110 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13112 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13114 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13115 Christian holidays.
13116 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13118 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13120 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13122 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13124 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13125 Islamic holidays.
13126 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13128 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13130 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13132 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13134 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13135 Baha'i holidays.
13136 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13138 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13140 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13142 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13144 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13145 Sun-related holidays.
13146 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13148 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13150 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13152 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13154 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13156 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13157 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13158 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13159 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13163 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13164 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13165 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13166 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13167 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13169 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13170 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13172 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13173 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13175 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13176 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13177 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13178 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13179 of a holiday list.
13181 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13183 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13185 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13187 ;;;***
13189 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19005
13190 ;;;;;; 47394))
13191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13193 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13194 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13196 \(fn)" t nil)
13198 ;;;***
13200 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13201 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19005
13202 ;;;;;; 47383))
13203 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13205 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13206 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13208 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13209 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13210 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13212 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13213 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13214 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13215 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13216 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13217 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13219 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13220 title of the column.
13222 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13223 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13224 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13225 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13226 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13228 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13230 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13231 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13232 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13233 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13234 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13236 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13237 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13238 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13240 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13242 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13243 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13244 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13245 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13246 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13247 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13249 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13250 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13251 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13252 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13253 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13254 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13255 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13256 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13257 values are:
13258 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13259 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13260 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13261 buffer's modification flag.
13262 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13263 prompted before performing this operation.
13264 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13265 operation is complete, in the form:
13266 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13267 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13268 confirmation message, in the form:
13269 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13270 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13271 macro for exactly what it does.
13273 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13275 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13276 Define a filter named NAME.
13277 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13278 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13279 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13281 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13282 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13283 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13284 bound to the current value of the filter.
13286 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13288 ;;;***
13290 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13291 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19167 5156))
13292 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13294 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13295 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13296 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13297 buffers which are visiting a file.
13299 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13301 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13302 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13303 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13304 buffers which are visiting a file.
13306 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13308 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13309 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13310 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13312 All arguments are optional.
13313 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13314 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13315 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13316 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13317 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13318 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13319 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13320 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13321 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13322 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13323 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13324 that value locally in this buffer.
13326 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13328 ;;;***
13330 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13331 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13332 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19097 14263))
13333 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13335 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13336 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13337 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13338 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13340 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13342 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13343 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13344 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13345 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13346 ICAL-FILENAME.
13347 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13348 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13349 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13351 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13353 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13354 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13355 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13356 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13357 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13358 non-marking or not.
13360 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13362 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13363 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13365 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13366 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13367 DIARY-FILE.
13369 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13370 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13371 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13373 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13374 non-marking.
13376 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13377 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13378 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13380 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13382 ;;;***
13384 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19005
13385 ;;;;;; 47383))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13388 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13389 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13390 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13392 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13393 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13395 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13397 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13398 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13399 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13400 otherwise turn it off.
13402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13404 ;;;***
13406 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19005 47404))
13407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13409 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13410 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13411 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13412 Tab indents for Icon code.
13413 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13414 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13415 \\{icon-mode-map}
13416 Variables controlling indentation style:
13417 icon-tab-always-indent
13418 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13419 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13420 icon-auto-newline
13421 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13422 inserted in Icon code.
13423 icon-indent-level
13424 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13425 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13426 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13427 icon-continued-statement-offset
13428 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13429 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13430 icon-continued-brace-offset
13431 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13432 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13433 icon-brace-offset
13434 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13435 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13436 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13437 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13439 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13440 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13442 \(fn)" t nil)
13444 ;;;***
13446 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13447 ;;;;;; (19180 20245))
13448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13450 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13451 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13452 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13453 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13455 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13456 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13457 separate frames.
13459 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13460 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13462 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13463 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13464 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13468 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13470 ;;;***
13472 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13473 ;;;;;; (19224 11653))
13474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13476 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13477 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13479 The main features of this mode are
13481 1. Indentation and Formatting
13482 --------------------------
13483 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13484 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13486 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13487 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13488 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13489 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13491 Comments are indented as follows:
13493 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13494 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13495 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13497 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13499 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13500 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13501 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13502 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13503 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13504 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13506 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13507 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13508 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13509 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13511 2. Routine Info
13512 ------------
13513 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13514 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13515 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13516 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13517 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13518 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13519 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13520 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13521 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13522 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13524 3. Online IDL Help
13525 ---------------
13527 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13528 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13529 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13530 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13532 4. Completion
13533 ----------
13534 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13535 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13536 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13537 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13538 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13539 upper case.
13541 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13542 --------------------------------
13543 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13544 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13546 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13547 \\fu FUNCTION template
13548 \\c CASE statement template
13549 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13550 \\f FOR loop template
13551 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13552 \\w WHILE loop template
13553 \\i IF statement template
13554 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13555 \\b BEGIN
13557 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13558 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13560 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13561 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13562 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13563 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13565 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13566 -------------------------
13567 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13568 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13570 7. Automatic END completion
13571 ------------------------
13572 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13573 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13575 8. Hooks
13576 -----
13577 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13578 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13580 9. Documentation and Customization
13581 -------------------------------
13582 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13583 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13584 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13585 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13586 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13588 10.Keybindings
13589 -----------
13590 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13591 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13592 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13594 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13596 \(fn)" t nil)
13598 ;;;***
13600 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13601 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13602 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13603 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13604 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13605 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13606 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13607 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19224
13608 ;;;;;; 11651))
13609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13611 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13612 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13613 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13614 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13615 displaying...)
13616 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13617 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13618 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13621 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13623 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13625 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13626 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13627 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13628 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13629 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13630 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13631 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13632 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13633 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13637 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13638 Switch to another buffer.
13639 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13640 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13641 in another frame.
13643 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13644 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13645 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13646 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13647 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13649 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13650 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13652 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13653 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13655 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13656 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13657 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13658 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13659 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13660 in a separate window.
13661 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13662 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13663 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13664 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13665 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13666 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13667 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13668 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13669 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13671 \(fn)" t nil)
13673 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13674 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13675 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13676 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13678 \(fn)" t nil)
13680 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13681 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13682 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13683 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13685 \(fn)" t nil)
13687 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13688 Kill a buffer.
13689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13690 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13692 \(fn)" t nil)
13694 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13695 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13696 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13697 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13699 \(fn)" t nil)
13701 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13702 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13703 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13704 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13706 \(fn)" t nil)
13708 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13709 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13711 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13713 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13714 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13715 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13716 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13717 visible in another frame.
13719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13720 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13721 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13722 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13723 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13724 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13726 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13727 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13729 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13730 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13732 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13733 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13734 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13735 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13736 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13737 in a separate window.
13738 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13739 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13740 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13741 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13742 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13743 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13744 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13745 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13746 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13747 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13748 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13749 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13750 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13751 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13752 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13754 \(fn)" t nil)
13756 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13757 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13758 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13759 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13761 \(fn)" t nil)
13763 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13764 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13765 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13768 \(fn)" t nil)
13770 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13771 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13772 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13775 \(fn)" t nil)
13777 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13778 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13779 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13780 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13782 \(fn)" t nil)
13784 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13785 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13786 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13787 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13789 \(fn)" t nil)
13791 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13792 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13793 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13794 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13796 \(fn)" t nil)
13798 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13799 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13800 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13803 \(fn)" t nil)
13805 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13806 Write current buffer to a file.
13807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13810 \(fn)" t nil)
13812 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13813 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13817 \(fn)" t nil)
13819 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13820 Call `dired' the ido way.
13821 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13824 \(fn)" t nil)
13826 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13827 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13828 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13829 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13830 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13831 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13833 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13835 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13836 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13837 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13838 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13840 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13842 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13843 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13844 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13845 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13847 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13849 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13850 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13851 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13852 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13853 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13854 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13855 with `completing-read'.
13856 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13857 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13858 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13859 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13860 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13861 with point positioned at the end.
13862 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13863 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13865 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13867 ;;;***
13869 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19229 39177))
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13871 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13873 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13874 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13875 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13877 \(fn)" t nil)
13879 ;;;***
13881 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13882 ;;;;;; (19005 47383))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13885 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13886 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13888 \(fn)" t nil)
13890 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13891 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13895 ;;;***
13897 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
13898 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
13899 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
13900 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
13901 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
13902 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
13903 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
13904 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19005 47383))
13905 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
13907 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
13908 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
13910 \(fn)" t nil)
13912 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
13913 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
13915 Convenience command that:
13917 - Opens dired in folder DIR
13918 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
13919 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
13921 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
13922 image files in dired and type
13923 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
13925 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
13927 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
13928 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
13930 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
13932 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
13933 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
13934 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
13935 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
13936 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
13937 another one).
13939 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
13940 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
13941 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
13943 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
13944 instead of erasing it first.
13946 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
13947 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
13948 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
13949 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
13950 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
13951 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
13953 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
13955 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
13956 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
13957 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
13958 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
13959 displayed.
13961 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13963 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
13965 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
13967 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
13968 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
13970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13972 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
13973 Remove tag for selected file(s).
13974 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
13976 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13978 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
13979 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
13981 \(fn)" t nil)
13983 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
13984 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
13985 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
13986 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
13988 \(fn)" t nil)
13990 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
13991 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
13993 \(fn)" t nil)
13995 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
13996 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
13998 \(fn)" t nil)
14000 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14001 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14003 \(fn)" t nil)
14005 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14006 Display current image file.
14007 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14008 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14012 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14013 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14015 \(fn)" t nil)
14017 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14018 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14019 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14020 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14021 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14022 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14023 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14025 \(fn)" t nil)
14027 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14028 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14029 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14030 easy-to-use form.
14032 \(fn)" t nil)
14034 ;;;***
14036 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14037 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14038 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19188 27682))
14039 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14041 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14042 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14043 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14044 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14046 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14047 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14048 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14049 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14051 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14053 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14054 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14055 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14056 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14058 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14059 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14060 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14061 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14063 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14065 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14066 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14068 \(fn)" nil nil)
14070 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14071 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14072 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14073 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14075 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14077 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14078 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14079 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14082 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14084 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14086 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14087 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14088 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14089 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14091 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14092 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14093 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14097 ;;;***
14099 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14100 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19225 50226))
14101 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14102 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14103 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14104 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14105 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14106 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14107 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14108 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14109 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14110 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14112 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14113 Major mode for image files.
14114 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14115 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14117 \(fn)" t nil)
14119 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14120 Toggle Image minor mode.
14121 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14122 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14123 to display an image file as the actual image.
14125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14127 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14128 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14129 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14130 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14131 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14132 to display an image file as the actual image.
14134 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14135 to display an image file as text inititally.
14137 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14138 on these modes.
14140 \(fn)" t nil)
14142 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14143 Not documented
14145 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14147 ;;;***
14149 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14150 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19097 14260))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14153 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14154 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14156 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14158 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14159 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14160 in the buffer.
14162 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14164 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14165 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14166 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14168 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14170 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14171 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14173 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14174 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14175 pattern's structure.
14177 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14178 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14179 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14180 during matching.")
14181 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14183 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14185 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14186 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14188 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14189 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14190 called within a `save-excursion'.
14192 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14194 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14196 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14197 Function for finding the next index position.
14199 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14200 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14201 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14202 file.
14204 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14205 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14207 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14209 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14210 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14212 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14213 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14214 It should return the name for that index item.")
14216 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14218 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14219 Function to compare string with index item.
14221 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14222 non-nil if they match.
14224 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14225 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14226 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14227 arguments match\".")
14229 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14231 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14232 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14233 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14235 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14236 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14238 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14240 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14242 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14243 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14244 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14245 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14247 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14249 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14250 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14252 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14254 \(fn)" t nil)
14256 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14257 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14258 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14259 for more information.
14261 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14263 ;;;***
14265 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14266 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14267 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19097 14266))
14268 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14270 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14271 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14273 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14275 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14276 Not documented
14278 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14280 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14281 Not documented
14283 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14285 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14286 Not documented
14288 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14290 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14291 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14293 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14295 ;;;***
14297 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14298 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14299 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19196 37076))
14300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14302 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14303 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14304 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14305 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14306 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14308 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14310 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14311 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14313 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14315 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14316 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14317 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14318 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14319 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14320 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14321 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14322 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14324 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14326 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14327 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14328 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14329 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14330 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14332 This variable is only used if the variable
14333 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14335 More precise choices:
14336 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14337 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14338 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14340 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14342 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14344 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14345 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14347 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14348 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14349 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14350 to that buffer.
14351 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14352 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14353 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14354 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14356 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14357 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14359 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14361 ;;;***
14363 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14364 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14365 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14366 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14367 ;;;;;; (19226 49355))
14368 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14370 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14371 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14373 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14374 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14375 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14377 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14378 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14379 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14380 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14381 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14382 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14383 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14384 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14385 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14386 with the top-level Info directory.
14388 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14389 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14390 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14391 appended to the Info buffer name.
14393 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14394 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14395 in all the directories in that path.
14397 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14399 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14401 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14402 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14404 \(fn)" t nil)
14406 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14407 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14408 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14409 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14411 \(fn)" nil nil)
14413 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14414 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14415 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14416 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14418 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14420 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14421 Go to the Info directory node.
14423 \(fn)" t nil)
14425 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14426 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14427 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14428 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14429 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14430 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14432 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14434 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14435 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14436 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14438 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14440 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14441 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14443 \(fn)" t nil)
14445 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14446 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14447 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14448 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14449 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14451 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14452 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14454 Selecting other nodes:
14455 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14456 Follow a node reference you click on.
14457 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14458 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14459 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14460 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14461 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14462 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14463 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14464 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14465 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14466 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14467 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14468 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14469 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14470 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14471 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14472 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14473 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14474 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14475 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14476 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14478 Moving within a node:
14479 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14480 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14481 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14482 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14483 move up to the parent node.
14484 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14485 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14486 if there is none.
14487 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14489 Advanced commands:
14490 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14491 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14492 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14493 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14494 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14495 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14496 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14497 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14498 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14499 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14500 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14501 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14502 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14503 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14504 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14505 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14507 \(fn)" nil nil)
14508 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14510 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14511 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14512 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14513 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14514 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14515 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14517 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14518 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14520 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14521 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14522 KEY is a string.
14523 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14524 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14525 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14526 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14528 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14530 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14531 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14532 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14534 \(fn)" t nil)
14536 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14537 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14538 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14540 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14542 ;;;***
14544 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14545 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14546 ;;;;;; (19227 52848))
14547 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14549 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14550 Throw away all cached data.
14551 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14552 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14553 system.
14555 \(fn)" t nil)
14556 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14558 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14559 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14560 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14561 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14562 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14563 one found at point.
14565 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14567 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14568 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14570 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14571 Display the documentation of a file.
14572 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14573 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14574 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14575 The default file name is the one found at point.
14577 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14579 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14581 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14582 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14584 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14586 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14587 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14589 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14591 ;;;***
14593 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14594 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19005 47383))
14595 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14597 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14598 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14600 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14602 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14603 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14604 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14606 \(fn)" t nil)
14608 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14609 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14610 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14612 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14613 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14614 quite a while.
14616 \(fn)" t nil)
14618 ;;;***
14620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14621 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19198 52512))
14622 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14624 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14625 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14627 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14629 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14630 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14632 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14634 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14635 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14636 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14637 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14639 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14640 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14641 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14643 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14644 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14645 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14646 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14648 \(fn)" t nil)
14650 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14651 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14652 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14654 \(fn)" t nil)
14656 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14657 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14658 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14659 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14660 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14662 \(fn)" nil nil)
14664 ;;;***
14666 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14667 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14668 ;;;;;; (19217 31366))
14669 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14671 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14672 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14674 \(fn)" t nil)
14676 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14677 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14679 \(fn)" t nil)
14681 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14682 Not documented
14684 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14686 ;;;***
14688 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19005
14689 ;;;;;; 47383))
14690 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14692 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14693 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14694 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14695 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14696 accessed via isearchb.
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14700 ;;;***
14702 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14703 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14704 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14705 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19005 47395))
14706 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14708 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14709 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14710 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14711 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14712 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14714 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14716 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14717 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14718 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14719 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14720 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14722 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14724 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
14725 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14726 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14727 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14728 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14730 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14732 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14733 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14734 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14735 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14736 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14738 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14740 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14741 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14742 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14743 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14744 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14746 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14748 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
14749 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14750 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14751 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14752 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14754 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14756 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
14757 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
14758 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14759 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
14760 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14762 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14764 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
14765 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14766 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14767 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14769 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14771 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14772 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14773 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14774 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14776 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14778 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
14779 Warn that format is read-only.
14781 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
14783 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
14784 Warn that format is write-only.
14786 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
14788 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
14789 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14791 \(fn)" t nil)
14793 ;;;***
14795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14796 ;;;;;; (19005 47395))
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14798 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14799 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14800 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14802 ;;;***
14804 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14805 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14806 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14807 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
14808 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19196 37076))
14809 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14810 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
14812 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14813 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14814 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
14815 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
14816 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
14818 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
14819 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
14821 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14822 Key map for ispell menu.")
14824 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14825 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14826 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14827 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14829 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
14831 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14833 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14835 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
14837 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14838 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14839 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14840 Valid forms include:
14841 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14842 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14843 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14844 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14846 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14847 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14848 First list is used raw.
14849 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14851 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14852 for skipping in latex mode.")
14854 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
14855 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14856 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
14857 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14858 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14859 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
14860 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14862 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
14863 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14864 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14865 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14867 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14868 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14869 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14870 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14871 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14873 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14874 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14876 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
14877 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
14879 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14880 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14882 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14883 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14885 Return values:
14886 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14887 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14888 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14889 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14890 quit spell session exited.
14892 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
14894 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
14895 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14896 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14898 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14900 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
14901 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14903 Selections are:
14905 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14906 SPC: Accept word this time.
14907 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14908 `a': Accept word for this session.
14909 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14910 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14911 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14912 `?': Show these commands.
14913 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14914 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14915 the aborted check to be completed later.
14916 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14917 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14918 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14919 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14920 `C-l': Redraw screen.
14921 `C-r': Recursive edit.
14922 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
14924 \(fn)" nil nil)
14926 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
14927 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14928 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14930 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
14932 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
14933 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
14934 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
14935 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
14937 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14939 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
14941 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
14942 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
14943 Return nil if spell session is quit,
14944 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
14946 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
14948 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
14949 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
14951 \(fn)" t nil)
14953 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
14954 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
14956 \(fn)" t nil)
14958 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
14959 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
14961 \(fn)" t nil)
14963 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
14964 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
14965 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
14966 sequence inside of a word.
14968 Standard ispell choices are then available.
14970 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
14972 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
14973 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14977 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
14978 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
14979 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
14980 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
14982 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
14983 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
14984 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
14985 available on the net.
14987 \(fn)" t nil)
14989 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
14990 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
14991 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
14992 otherwise turn it off.
14994 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
14995 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
14997 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
14998 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15002 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15003 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15004 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15005 Don't check included messages.
15007 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15008 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15009 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15011 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15012 in your .emacs file:
15013 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15014 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15015 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15016 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15018 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15019 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15020 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15022 \(fn)" t nil)
15024 ;;;***
15026 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19159
15027 ;;;;;; 32855))
15028 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15030 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15031 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15032 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15034 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15035 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15037 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15039 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15040 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15041 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15042 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15043 `iswitchb' for details.
15045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15047 ;;;***
15049 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15050 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15051 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15052 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19198 52185))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15055 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15056 Not documented
15058 \(fn)" nil nil)
15060 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15061 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15062 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15063 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15064 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15065 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15066 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15067 necessary to represent OBJ.
15069 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15071 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15072 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15073 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15074 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15076 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15078 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15079 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15080 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15081 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15082 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15084 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15086 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15087 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15088 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15089 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15091 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15093 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15094 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15095 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15096 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15098 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15100 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15101 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15103 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15105 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15106 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15107 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15108 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15109 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15111 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15113 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15114 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15115 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15116 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15117 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15119 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15121 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15122 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15123 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15125 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15127 ;;;***
15129 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15130 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19005 47383))
15131 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15133 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15134 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15135 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15136 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15138 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15139 Not documented
15141 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15143 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15144 Uninstall jka-compr.
15145 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15146 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15147 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15149 \(fn)" nil nil)
15151 ;;;***
15153 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19227 52964))
15154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15156 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15157 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15159 Key bindings:
15161 \\{js-mode-map}
15163 \(fn)" t nil)
15165 ;;;***
15167 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15168 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15169 ;;;;;; (19005 47390))
15170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15172 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15173 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15174 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15175 decimal key must be specified.")
15177 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15179 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15180 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15181 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15182 decimal key must be specified.")
15184 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15186 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15187 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15188 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15189 decimal key must be specified.")
15191 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15193 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15194 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15195 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15196 decimal key must be specified.")
15198 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15200 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15201 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15202 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15203 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15204 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15205 keys are bound.
15207 Setup Binding
15208 -------------------------------------------------------------
15209 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15210 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15211 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15212 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15213 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15214 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15215 in the global and local keymaps.
15217 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15218 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15220 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15222 ;;;***
15224 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15225 ;;;;;; (19005 47395))
15226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15228 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15229 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15230 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15232 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15233 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15234 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15235 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15236 shorter.
15238 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15239 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15240 the context of text formatting.
15242 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15244 ;;;***
15246 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19217
15247 ;;;;;; 31366))
15248 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15250 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15251 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15252 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15253 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15254 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15255 positions that contains the current selection.")
15257 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15258 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15259 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15260 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15261 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15262 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15263 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15265 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15267 ;;;***
15269 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15270 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15271 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15272 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19005 47383))
15273 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15274 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15275 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15276 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15277 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15278 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15279 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15280 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15282 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15283 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15285 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15287 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15288 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15289 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15290 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15291 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15293 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15295 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15296 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15297 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15299 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15300 defining the macro.
15302 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15303 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15304 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15306 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15307 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15309 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15311 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15312 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15313 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15314 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15315 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15316 under that name.
15318 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15319 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15320 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15322 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15324 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15325 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15326 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15328 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15329 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15330 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15331 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15333 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15334 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15336 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15338 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15339 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15340 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15342 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15343 macro.
15345 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15346 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15348 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15349 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15350 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15352 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15353 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15355 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15357 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15358 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15359 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15360 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15362 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15364 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15365 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15366 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15367 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15369 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15370 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15372 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15374 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15375 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15376 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15378 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15380 ;;;***
15382 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15383 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19196 37075))
15384 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15386 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15387 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15388 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15390 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15391 Not documented
15393 \(fn)" nil nil)
15395 ;;;***
15397 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15398 ;;;;;; (19184 20069))
15399 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15401 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15403 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15404 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15406 \(fn)" t nil)
15408 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15410 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15411 Start or resume an Lm game.
15412 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15413 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15415 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15416 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15417 none / 1 | yes | no
15418 2 | yes | yes
15419 3 | no | yes
15420 4 | no | no
15422 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15423 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15424 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15426 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15428 ;;;***
15430 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15431 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15432 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19005 47397))
15433 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15435 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15436 Not documented
15438 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15440 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15441 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15442 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15443 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15444 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15445 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15447 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15448 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15450 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15452 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15453 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15455 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15457 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15458 Not documented
15460 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15462 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15463 Not documented
15465 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15467 ;;;***
15469 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15470 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15471 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19188 27683))
15472 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15474 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15475 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15476 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15477 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15479 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15481 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15482 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15483 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15485 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15487 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15488 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15489 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15491 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15493 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15494 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15495 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15496 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15498 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15500 ;;;***
15502 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15503 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19005 47395))
15504 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15506 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15507 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15508 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15509 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15510 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15511 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15512 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15513 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15515 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15516 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15519 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15521 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15523 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15524 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15525 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15526 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15527 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15528 `latin1-display-setup'.
15530 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15532 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15533 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15534 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15535 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15538 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15540 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15542 ;;;***
15544 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15545 ;;;;;; (19188 27684))
15546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15554 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15555 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15557 \(fn)" t nil)
15559 ;;;***
15561 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15562 ;;;;;; (19198 52513))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15565 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15566 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15568 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15569 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15571 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15572 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15574 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15575 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15576 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15577 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15578 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15579 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15580 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15581 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15582 and transmit saved text.
15584 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15585 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15586 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15588 \(fn)" t nil)
15590 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15591 Not documented
15593 \(fn)" nil nil)
15595 ;;;***
15597 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19005 47402))
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15600 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15601 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15602 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15603 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15604 generations (this defaults to 1).
15606 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15608 ;;;***
15610 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15611 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19213 42720))
15612 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15614 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15615 Format used to display line numbers.
15616 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15617 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15618 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15619 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15621 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15623 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15624 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15628 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15629 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15630 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15632 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15633 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15635 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15637 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15638 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15639 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15640 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
15641 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15645 ;;;***
15647 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19005
15648 ;;;;;; 47385))
15649 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15651 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15652 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15653 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15654 is nil, raise an error.
15656 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15657 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15658 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15659 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15660 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15661 defined by the library.
15663 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15664 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15665 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15666 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15667 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15668 proceeds.
15670 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15671 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15672 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15673 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15675 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15677 ;;;***
15679 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15680 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19196 37074))
15681 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15683 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15684 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15685 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15687 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15689 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15690 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15691 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15692 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15694 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15695 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15696 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15697 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15698 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15699 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15700 the version.)
15702 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15703 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15705 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15706 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15708 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15710 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15712 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15713 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15714 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15715 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15716 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15717 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15718 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15719 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15720 to constrain a big search.
15722 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15724 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15725 except that FILTER is not optional.
15727 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15729 ;;;***
15731 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19143 36128))
15732 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15734 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15735 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15736 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15737 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15738 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15739 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15740 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15741 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15743 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15744 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15745 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15746 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15747 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15749 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15750 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15751 uses the current buffer.
15753 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15755 ;;;***
15757 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19228
15758 ;;;;;; 4877))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15761 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
15762 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15764 \(fn)" t nil)
15766 ;;;***
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19005
15769 ;;;;;; 47385))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15772 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
15773 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15774 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15775 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15776 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15778 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15779 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15780 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15782 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15783 are indicated with a symbol.
15785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15787 ;;;***
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15790 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19196
15791 ;;;;;; 37074))
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15794 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
15796 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
15798 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
15799 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15800 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15802 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15803 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15805 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15806 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15807 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15808 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15809 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15810 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15811 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15813 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
15815 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15816 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15817 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15818 switch on this list.
15819 See `lpr-command'.")
15821 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
15823 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
15824 Name of program for printing a file.
15826 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15827 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15828 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15829 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15830 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15831 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15832 argument.")
15834 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
15836 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
15837 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15838 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15839 for customization of the printer command.
15841 \(fn)" t nil)
15843 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
15844 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15846 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15847 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15848 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15849 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15851 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15852 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15854 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15855 for further customization of the printer command.
15857 \(fn)" t nil)
15859 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
15860 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15861 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15862 for customization of the printer command.
15864 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15866 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
15867 Paginate and print the region contents.
15869 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15870 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15871 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15872 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15874 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15875 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15877 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15878 for further customization of the printer command.
15880 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15882 ;;;***
15884 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15885 ;;;;;; (19097 14262))
15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15888 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15889 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15890 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15892 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
15894 ;;;***
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19097
15897 ;;;;;; 14263))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15900 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
15901 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15902 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
15903 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15907 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
15909 ;;;***
15911 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19005
15912 ;;;;;; 47404))
15913 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15915 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
15916 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15917 \\{m4-mode-map}
15919 \(fn)" t nil)
15921 ;;;***
15923 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15924 ;;;;;; (19005 47390))
15925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15927 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
15928 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15929 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15930 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15931 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15933 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15935 ;;;***
15937 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15938 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19198 52513))
15939 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15941 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
15942 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
15943 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
15944 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
15945 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
15947 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
15949 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
15950 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
15951 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
15952 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
15954 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
15955 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
15956 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
15957 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
15958 bindings.
15960 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
15961 use this command, and then save the file.
15963 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
15965 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
15966 Query user during kbd macro execution.
15967 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
15968 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
15969 each time the macro executes.
15970 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
15971 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
15972 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
15973 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
15974 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
15975 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
15976 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
15978 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
15980 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
15981 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
15982 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
15983 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
15985 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
15986 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
15987 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
15988 execute.
15990 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
15991 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
15993 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
15994 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
15995 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
15996 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
15997 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
15999 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16000 looked like this:
16002 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16003 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16004 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16006 You could enter the names in this format:
16012 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16014 \\C-x (
16015 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16016 \\C-x )
16018 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16019 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16021 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16022 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16024 ;;;***
16026 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16027 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19005 47397))
16028 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16030 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16031 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16032 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16033 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16034 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16035 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16037 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16038 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16039 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16040 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16041 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16043 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16044 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16045 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16046 consing a string.)
16048 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16050 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16051 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16053 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16055 ;;;***
16057 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16058 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16059 ;;;;;; (19005 47397))
16060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16062 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16063 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16065 \(fn)" nil nil)
16067 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16068 Not documented
16070 \(fn)" nil nil)
16072 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16073 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16075 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16077 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16078 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16079 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16080 message.
16082 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16084 \(fn)" nil nil)
16086 ;;;***
16088 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16089 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16090 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16091 ;;;;;; (19005 47397))
16092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16094 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16095 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16096 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16097 often correct parser.")
16099 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16101 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16102 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16104 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16106 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16107 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16108 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16109 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16111 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16113 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16114 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16115 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16116 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16118 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16120 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16121 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16122 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16123 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16125 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16127 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16128 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16129 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16130 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16131 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16132 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16133 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16134 as Rmail does.
16136 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16138 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16139 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16140 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16141 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16142 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16143 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16144 matches may be returned from the message body.
16146 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16148 ;;;***
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16151 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19213
16152 ;;;;;; 42721))
16153 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16155 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16156 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16157 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16160 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16162 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16164 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16165 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16169 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16170 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16172 \(fn)" nil nil)
16174 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16175 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16176 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16178 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16180 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16181 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16182 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16184 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16185 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16186 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16187 double-quotes.
16189 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16191 ;;;***
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16194 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19097
16195 ;;;;;; 14266))
16196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16198 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16199 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16200 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16201 king@grassland.com
16202 If `parens', they look like:
16203 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16204 If `angles', they look like:
16205 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16207 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16209 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16210 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16211 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16212 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16213 their `Resent-' variants.
16215 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16216 removed from alias expansions.
16218 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16220 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16221 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16222 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16224 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16225 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16226 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16227 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16229 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16231 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16232 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16233 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16234 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16236 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16238 ;;;***
16240 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16241 ;;;;;; (19097 14266))
16242 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16244 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16245 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16246 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16247 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16249 \(fn)" nil nil)
16251 ;;;***
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16254 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16255 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19224 11654))
16256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16258 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16259 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16261 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16262 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16263 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16264 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16265 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16266 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16268 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16269 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16270 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16271 dependency, despite the colon.
16273 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16275 In the browser, use the following keys:
16277 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16279 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16281 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16282 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16284 `makefile-target-colon':
16285 The string that gets appended to all target names
16286 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16287 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16289 `makefile-macro-assign':
16290 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16291 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16292 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16293 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16294 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16295 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16297 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16298 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16299 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16301 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16302 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16304 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16305 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16306 up or down in the browser.
16308 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16309 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16311 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16312 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16314 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16315 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16316 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16317 has been selected in the browser.
16319 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16320 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16321 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16322 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16323 filenames are omitted.
16325 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16326 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16327 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16328 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16329 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16330 the backslash itself intact.
16331 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16332 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16334 `makefile-browser-hook':
16335 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16336 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16338 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16339 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16340 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16341 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16343 \(fn)" t nil)
16345 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16346 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16348 \(fn)" t nil)
16350 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16351 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16353 \(fn)" t nil)
16355 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16356 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16358 \(fn)" t nil)
16360 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16361 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16363 \(fn)" t nil)
16365 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16366 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16368 \(fn)" t nil)
16370 ;;;***
16372 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19005
16373 ;;;;;; 47385))
16374 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16376 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16377 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16378 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16380 \(fn)" t nil)
16382 ;;;***
16384 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19217 37145))
16385 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16387 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16389 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16390 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16391 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16392 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16393 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16394 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16395 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16397 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16398 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16399 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16400 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16402 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16404 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16405 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16407 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16409 ;;;***
16411 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19005 47385))
16412 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16414 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16415 Toggle Master mode.
16416 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16417 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16418 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16420 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16421 following commands:
16423 \\{master-mode-map}
16425 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16426 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16427 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16431 ;;;***
16433 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16434 ;;;;;; (18785 31812))
16435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16437 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16438 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16439 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16440 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16441 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16442 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16444 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16446 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16447 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16448 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16449 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16450 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16452 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16453 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16457 ;;;***
16459 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16460 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16461 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16462 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16463 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16464 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16465 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19224 11653))
16466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16468 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16470 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16471 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16472 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16473 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16474 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16475 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16476 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16477 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16478 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16479 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16480 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16481 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16482 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16483 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16484 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16485 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16486 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16487 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16488 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16489 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16490 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16491 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16492 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16493 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16494 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16495 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16496 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16497 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16498 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16499 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16500 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16501 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16502 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16503 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16504 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16505 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16506 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16507 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16509 \(fn)" t nil)
16511 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16512 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16513 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16514 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16515 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16517 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16519 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16520 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16522 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16524 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16525 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16527 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16529 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16530 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16532 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16534 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16535 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16536 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16538 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16540 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16541 Cancel an article you posted.
16542 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16546 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16547 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16548 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16549 header line with the old Message-ID.
16551 \(fn)" t nil)
16553 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16554 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16556 \(fn)" t nil)
16558 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16559 Forward the current message via mail.
16560 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16561 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16563 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16565 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16566 Not documented
16568 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16570 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16571 Not documented
16573 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16575 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16576 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16578 \(fn)" t nil)
16580 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16581 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16583 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16585 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16586 Re-mail the current message.
16587 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16588 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16589 you.
16591 \(fn)" t nil)
16593 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16594 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16596 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16598 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16599 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16601 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16603 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16604 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16606 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16608 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16609 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16611 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16613 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16614 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16615 Works by overstriking characters.
16616 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16617 which specify the range to operate on.
16619 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16621 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16622 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16623 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16624 which specify the range to operate on.
16626 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16628 ;;;***
16630 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16631 ;;;;;; (19213 42722))
16632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16634 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16635 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16636 Special commands:
16637 \\{meta-mode-map}
16639 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16640 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16642 \(fn)" t nil)
16644 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16645 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16646 Special commands:
16647 \\{meta-mode-map}
16649 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16650 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16652 \(fn)" t nil)
16654 ;;;***
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16657 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16658 ;;;;;; (19005 47398))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16661 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16662 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16663 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16665 \(fn)" t nil)
16667 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16668 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16669 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16670 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16671 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16672 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16673 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16675 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16677 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16678 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16679 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16680 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16681 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16682 means current).
16683 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16684 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16686 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16688 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16689 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16690 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16691 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16692 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16693 means current).
16694 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16695 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16697 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16699 ;;;***
16701 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16702 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16703 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19188 27683))
16704 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16706 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16707 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16708 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16710 \(fn)" t nil)
16712 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16713 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16714 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16716 \(fn)" t nil)
16718 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16719 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16721 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16722 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16723 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16725 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16726 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16728 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
16729 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
16731 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16733 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
16735 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
16736 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16737 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
16738 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
16739 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
16740 as `compose-mail'.
16742 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16743 initial Subject field, respectively.
16745 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
16746 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
16747 are strings.
16749 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
16750 ignored.
16752 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16754 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
16755 Save draft and send message.
16757 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
16758 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
16759 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
16760 Mail Delivery*\".
16762 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
16763 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
16764 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
16766 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
16767 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
16768 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
16769 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
16770 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
16771 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
16773 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
16774 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
16776 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
16777 message and scan line.
16779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16781 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
16782 Quit editing and delete draft message.
16784 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
16785 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
16786 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
16787 delete the draft message.
16789 \(fn)" t nil)
16791 ;;;***
16793 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19188 27683))
16794 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16796 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
16798 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
16800 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
16802 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
16803 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16805 \(fn)" t nil)
16807 ;;;***
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
16810 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19188 27683))
16811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
16813 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
16814 Incorporate new mail with MH.
16815 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
16817 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
16818 the MH mail system.
16820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16822 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
16823 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16824 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
16826 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
16827 the MH mail system.
16829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16831 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
16832 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
16834 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
16835 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
16836 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
16837 separate command.
16839 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16840 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
16841 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
16842 format.
16844 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
16846 Ranges
16847 ======
16848 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
16849 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
16850 can be used in several ways.
16852 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
16853 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
16854 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
16855 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
16856 page):
16858 <num1>-<num2>
16859 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
16860 The range must be nonempty.
16862 <num>:N
16863 <num>:+N
16864 <num>:-N
16865 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
16866 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
16867 last.
16869 first:N
16870 prev:N
16871 next:N
16872 last:N
16873 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
16876 All of the messages.
16878 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
16879 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
16881 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
16882 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
16883 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
16885 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
16887 \(fn)" t nil)
16889 ;;;***
16891 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
16892 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19005 47385))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
16895 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
16896 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
16897 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
16898 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
16899 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
16900 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
16901 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
16902 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
16903 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
16904 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
16905 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
16907 \(fn)" t nil)
16909 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
16910 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
16911 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
16912 to its second argument TM.
16914 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
16916 ;;;***
16918 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
16919 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19005 47385))
16920 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
16922 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
16923 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
16924 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16927 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
16929 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
16931 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
16932 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
16933 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
16934 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
16935 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
16936 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
16937 default indication.
16939 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16940 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16944 ;;;***
16946 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19147 60028))
16947 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
16949 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
16950 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
16951 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
16952 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
16953 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
16954 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
16955 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
16956 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
16957 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
16959 \(fn)" t nil)
16961 ;;;***
16963 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
16964 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
16965 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19220 31144))
16966 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
16967 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
16969 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
16970 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
16972 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
16973 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
16974 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
16975 next occurrence.
16977 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
16978 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
16979 end of the search space).
16981 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
16982 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
16983 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
16984 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
16985 should return the previous buffer to search.
16987 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
16988 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
16989 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
16991 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
16992 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
16993 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
16994 Isearch starts.")
16996 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
16997 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
16998 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17000 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17001 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17002 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17004 \(fn)" nil nil)
17006 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17007 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17008 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17009 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17010 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17011 whose names match the specified regexp.
17013 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17015 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17016 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17017 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17018 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17019 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17020 whose names match the specified regexp.
17022 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17024 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17025 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17026 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17027 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17028 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17029 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17030 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17032 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17034 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17035 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17036 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17037 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17038 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17039 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17040 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17042 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17044 ;;;***
17046 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17047 ;;;;;; (19097 14278))
17048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17050 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17051 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17052 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17054 \(fn)" t nil)
17056 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17058 ;;;***
17060 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17061 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19005 47394))
17062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17064 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17065 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17067 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17069 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17070 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17071 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17072 the entire message.
17073 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17075 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17077 ;;;***
17079 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17080 ;;;;;; (19005 47394))
17081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17083 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17084 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17085 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17086 the entire message.
17087 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17089 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17091 ;;;***
17093 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17094 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19005 47394))
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17097 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17098 Insert file contents of URL.
17099 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17101 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17103 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17104 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17106 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17108 ;;;***
17110 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17111 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19005 47394))
17112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17114 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17115 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17116 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17117 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17118 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17120 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17122 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17123 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17124 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17126 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17128 ;;;***
17130 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17131 ;;;;;; (19136 51656))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17134 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17135 Not documented
17137 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17139 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17140 Not documented
17142 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17144 ;;;***
17146 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17147 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17148 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19136 51656))
17149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17151 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17152 Not documented
17154 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17156 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17157 Not documented
17159 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17161 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17162 Not documented
17164 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17166 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17167 Not documented
17169 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17171 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17172 Not documented
17174 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17176 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17177 Not documented
17179 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17181 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17182 Not documented
17184 \(fn)" nil nil)
17186 ;;;***
17188 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17189 ;;;;;; (19005 47404))
17190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17192 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17193 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17194 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17195 followed by the first character of the construct.
17196 \\<m2-mode-map>
17197 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17198 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17199 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17200 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17201 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17202 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17203 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17204 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17205 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17206 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17207 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17208 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17209 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17210 \\[m2-link] link
17212 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17213 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17214 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17216 \(fn)" t nil)
17218 ;;;***
17220 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17221 ;;;;;; (19005 47402))
17222 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17224 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17225 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17227 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17229 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17230 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17232 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17234 ;;;***
17236 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17237 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19005 47385))
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17240 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17241 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17243 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17244 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17245 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17247 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17248 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17249 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17251 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17252 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17254 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17255 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17256 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17257 hemisphere you're in.)
17259 To test this function, evaluate:
17260 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17262 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17264 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17265 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17267 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17268 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17270 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17271 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17272 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17274 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17275 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17277 To test this function, evaluate:
17278 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17280 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17282 ;;;***
17284 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19005
17285 ;;;;;; 47385))
17286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17288 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17289 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17290 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17291 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17292 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17293 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17295 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17297 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17298 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17299 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17300 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17302 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17304 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17306 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17308 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17309 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17310 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17311 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17312 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17313 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17315 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17316 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17317 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17318 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17319 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17321 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17322 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17324 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17325 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17327 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17329 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17330 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17331 primary selection and region.
17333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17335 ;;;***
17337 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19224 11651))
17338 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17340 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17341 Main entry point for MPC.
17343 \(fn)" t nil)
17345 ;;;***
17347 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19184 20069))
17348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17350 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17351 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17353 \(fn)" t nil)
17355 ;;;***
17357 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19005 47385))
17358 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17360 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17361 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17362 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17363 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17364 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17365 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17367 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17369 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17370 Toggle Msb mode.
17371 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17372 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17373 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17377 ;;;***
17379 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17380 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17381 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17382 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17383 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17384 ;;;;;; (19230 63762))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17387 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17388 Display a list of all character sets.
17390 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17391 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17392 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17393 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17394 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17396 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17397 but still shows the full information.
17399 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17401 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17402 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17403 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17405 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17406 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17407 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17408 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17409 meanings of these arguments.
17411 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17413 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17414 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17416 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17418 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17419 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17421 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17423 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17424 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17426 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17428 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17429 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17431 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17432 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17433 in place of `..':
17434 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17435 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17436 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17437 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17438 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17439 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17440 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17441 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17442 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17443 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17444 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17445 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17446 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17447 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17448 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17449 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17451 \(fn)" t nil)
17453 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17454 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17456 \(fn)" t nil)
17458 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17459 Display a list of all coding systems.
17460 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17462 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17463 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17467 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17468 Display a list of all coding categories.
17470 \(fn)" nil nil)
17472 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17473 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17474 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17476 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17478 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17479 Display information about FONTSET.
17480 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17482 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17484 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17485 Display a list of all fontsets.
17486 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17487 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17488 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17490 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17492 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17493 Display information about all input methods.
17495 \(fn)" t nil)
17497 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17498 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17500 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17501 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17502 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17503 system which uses fontsets).
17505 \(fn)" t nil)
17507 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17508 Show log of font listing and opening.
17509 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17510 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17512 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17514 ;;;***
17516 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17517 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17518 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17519 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17520 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17521 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19005 47395))
17522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17524 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17525 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17526 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17528 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17530 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17532 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17533 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17535 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17536 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17538 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17539 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17541 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17543 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17544 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17545 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17546 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17547 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17548 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17549 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17551 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17552 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17553 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17554 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17555 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17556 middle of a character in STR.
17558 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17559 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17561 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17562 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17563 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17564 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17565 defaults to \"...\".
17567 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17569 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17570 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17572 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17573 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17574 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17576 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17577 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17578 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17580 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17581 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17582 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17583 are considered.
17584 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17585 longer than KEYSEQ.
17586 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17588 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17590 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17591 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17592 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17593 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17594 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17595 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17596 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17597 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17598 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17599 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17600 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17602 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17604 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17605 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17607 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17609 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17610 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17612 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17614 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17615 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17617 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17619 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17620 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17622 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17624 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17625 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17626 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17627 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17628 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17630 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17632 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17633 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17634 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17635 coding systems ordered by priority.
17637 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17639 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17640 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17641 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17642 language environment LANG-ENV.
17644 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17646 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17647 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17648 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17649 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17650 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17651 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17653 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17655 ;;;***
17657 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17658 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17659 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17660 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19131
17661 ;;;;;; 61469))
17662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17664 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17665 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17667 \(fn)" t nil)
17669 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17670 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17672 \(fn)" t nil)
17674 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17675 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17677 \(fn)" t nil)
17679 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17680 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17682 \(fn)" t nil)
17684 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17685 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17687 \(fn)" t nil)
17689 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17690 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17692 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17694 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17695 Ping HOST.
17696 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17697 `ping-program-options'.
17699 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17701 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17702 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17704 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17706 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17707 Run nslookup program.
17709 \(fn)" t nil)
17711 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17712 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17714 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17716 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17717 Run dig program.
17719 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17721 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17722 Run ftp program.
17724 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17726 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
17727 Finger USER on HOST.
17729 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17731 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
17732 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17733 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17734 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17736 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17738 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
17739 Not documented
17741 \(fn)" t nil)
17743 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
17744 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17746 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
17749 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17751 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17753 ;;;***
17755 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17756 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
17757 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
17758 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
17759 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
17760 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19196 37074))
17761 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17763 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
17765 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
17767 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
17769 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
17771 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
17772 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17773 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17774 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17775 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17776 Major modes should set this variable.")
17778 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17779 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17780 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
17781 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17782 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
17783 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
17785 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
17786 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
17788 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17789 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17790 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17792 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17793 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17794 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17795 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17796 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17798 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17799 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17800 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17802 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
17803 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17804 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17805 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17807 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
17808 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17809 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17810 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17811 column indentation or nil.
17812 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17814 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17815 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17816 The function has no args.
17818 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17819 comments always start in column zero.")
17821 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
17822 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17823 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17825 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
17827 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
17828 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17829 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17830 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17832 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17833 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17835 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
17837 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17838 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17839 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17840 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17841 customize this variable.
17843 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17844 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17846 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
17848 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
17849 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17850 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17851 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17852 the variables are properly set.
17854 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17856 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
17857 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17859 \(fn)" nil nil)
17861 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
17862 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17863 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17865 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17867 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
17868 Set the comment column based on point.
17869 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17870 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17871 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17872 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17874 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17876 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
17877 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
17878 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17882 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
17883 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17884 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17885 comment markers.
17887 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17889 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
17890 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17891 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17892 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17893 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17895 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
17896 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
17897 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
17899 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
17900 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
17901 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
17902 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
17903 changed with `comment-style'.
17905 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
17908 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
17909 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
17910 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
17912 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17914 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
17915 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17916 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17917 is passed on to the respective function.
17919 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17921 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
17922 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17923 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17924 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17925 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17926 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
17927 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
17928 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17929 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17930 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
17932 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17934 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17935 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17936 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17938 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
17940 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
17941 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17942 This indents the body of the continued comment
17943 under the previous comment line.
17945 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17946 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17947 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
17949 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17950 or comment indentation.
17952 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17953 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17955 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17957 ;;;***
17959 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
17960 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19228 4698))
17961 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
17963 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
17964 Check whether newsticker is running.
17965 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
17966 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
17968 \(fn)" nil nil)
17970 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
17971 Start the newsticker.
17972 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
17973 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
17974 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
17975 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
17977 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
17979 ;;;***
17981 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
17982 ;;;;;; (19228 4698))
17983 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
17985 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
17986 Start newsticker plainview.
17988 \(fn)" t nil)
17990 ;;;***
17992 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
17993 ;;;;;; (19228 4698))
17994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
17996 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
17997 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
17999 \(fn)" t nil)
18001 ;;;***
18003 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18004 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19228 4698))
18005 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18007 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18008 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18009 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18010 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18011 empty.
18013 \(fn)" nil nil)
18015 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18016 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18017 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18018 running already.
18020 \(fn)" t nil)
18022 ;;;***
18024 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18025 ;;;;;; (19228 4698))
18026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18028 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18029 Start newsticker treeview.
18031 \(fn)" t nil)
18033 ;;;***
18035 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18036 ;;;;;; (19123 45884))
18037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18039 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18040 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18042 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18044 ;;;***
18046 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19005
18047 ;;;;;; 47394))
18048 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18050 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18051 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18052 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18053 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18054 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18055 symbol in the alist.
18057 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18059 ;;;***
18061 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18062 ;;;;;; (19005 47394))
18063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18065 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18066 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18067 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18069 \(fn)" t nil)
18071 ;;;***
18073 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18074 ;;;;;; (19005 47394))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18077 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18078 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18079 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18081 \(fn)" t nil)
18083 ;;;***
18085 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18086 ;;;;;; (19005 47394))
18087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18089 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18090 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18092 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18094 ;;;***
18096 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18097 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19005 47394))
18098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18100 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18101 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18103 \(fn)" t nil)
18105 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18106 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18108 \(fn)" t nil)
18110 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18111 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18113 \(fn)" t nil)
18115 ;;;***
18117 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18118 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19200 7425))
18119 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18121 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18122 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18123 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18125 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18127 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18128 Not documented
18130 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18132 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18133 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18134 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18135 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18136 to future sessions.
18138 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18140 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18141 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18142 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18143 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18144 to future sessions.
18146 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18148 ;;;***
18150 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18151 ;;;;;; (19005 47405))
18152 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18154 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18155 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18156 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18157 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18158 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18159 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18161 \(fn)" t nil)
18163 ;;;***
18165 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18166 ;;;;;; (18785 32010))
18167 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18169 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18170 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18171 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18172 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18174 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18176 ;;;***
18178 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19171
18179 ;;;;;; 29197))
18180 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18182 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18183 Major mode for editing XML.
18185 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18186 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18187 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18188 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18189 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18190 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18191 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18193 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18195 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18196 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18198 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18199 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18200 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18201 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18202 instead of C-c.
18204 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18205 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18206 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18207 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18208 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18209 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18211 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18212 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18213 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18215 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18216 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18217 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18219 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18220 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18221 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18222 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18223 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18224 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18225 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18226 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18227 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18229 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18231 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18232 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18234 \(fn)" t nil)
18236 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18238 ;;;***
18240 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18241 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18785 32012))
18242 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18244 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18245 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18246 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18247 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18249 \(fn)" t nil)
18251 ;;;***
18253 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18254 ;;;;;; (19180 20245))
18255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18257 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18258 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18259 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18261 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18263 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18264 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18266 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18267 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18268 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18272 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18274 ;;;***
18276 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18277 ;;;;;; (19224 11654))
18278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18280 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18281 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18283 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18284 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18285 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
18286 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18288 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18289 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18290 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18291 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18292 is why you need this mode!).
18294 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18295 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18296 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18298 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18300 Keybindings
18301 ===========
18303 \\{octave-mode-map}
18305 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18306 ==============================================
18308 `octave-auto-indent'
18309 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18310 Default is nil.
18312 `octave-auto-newline'
18313 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18314 Default is nil.
18316 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18317 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18318 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18320 `octave-block-offset'
18321 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18322 Default is 2.
18324 `octave-continuation-offset'
18325 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18326 Default is 4.
18328 `octave-continuation-string'
18329 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18330 Default is a backslash.
18332 `octave-send-echo-input'
18333 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18334 command to the inferior Octave process.
18336 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18337 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18338 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18340 `octave-send-echo-input'
18341 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18343 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18345 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18346 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18348 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18350 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18351 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18353 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18354 (lambda ()
18355 (abbrev-mode 1)
18356 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18358 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18359 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18360 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18361 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18363 \(fn)" t nil)
18365 ;;;***
18367 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18368 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18369 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18370 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18371 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18372 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19207 3089))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18375 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18376 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18377 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18379 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18380 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18381 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18382 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18383 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18384 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18385 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18386 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18387 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18388 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18390 The following commands are available:
18392 \\{org-mode-map}
18394 \(fn)" t nil)
18396 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18398 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18399 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18400 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18401 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18405 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18406 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18407 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18408 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18409 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18410 of Org-mode).
18412 M-up Move entry/item up
18413 M-down Move entry/item down
18414 M-left Promote
18415 M-right Demote
18416 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18417 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18418 M-S-left Promote subtree
18419 M-S-right Demote subtree
18420 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18421 C-c ^ Sort entries
18422 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18423 TAB Cycle item visibility
18424 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18425 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18426 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18430 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18431 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18433 \(fn)" nil nil)
18435 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18436 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18438 \(fn)" nil nil)
18440 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18441 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18442 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18443 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18444 call CMD.
18446 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18448 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18449 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18450 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18451 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18453 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18454 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18455 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18457 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18459 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18460 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18461 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18463 \(fn)" t nil)
18465 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18466 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18467 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18468 Org-mode syntax.
18470 \(fn)" t nil)
18472 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18473 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18475 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18477 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18478 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18480 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18481 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18482 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18483 returned as a list.
18485 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18486 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18487 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18488 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18489 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18490 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18491 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18492 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18493 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18494 position.
18496 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18497 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18498 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18499 visited by the iteration.
18501 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18503 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18504 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18505 file The current buffer, without restriction
18506 file-with-archives
18507 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18508 agenda All agenda files
18509 agenda-with-archives
18510 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18511 \(file1 file2 ...)
18512 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18514 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18515 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18517 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18518 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18519 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18520 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18521 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18522 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18523 function leaves it.
18525 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18526 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18527 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18528 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18529 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18530 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18531 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18532 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18534 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18536 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18537 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18538 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18539 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18543 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18545 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18546 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18547 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18548 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18550 \(fn)" t nil)
18552 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18553 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18555 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18557 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18558 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18559 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18561 \(fn)" t nil)
18563 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18564 Not documented
18566 \(fn)" t nil)
18568 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18569 Reload all org lisp files.
18570 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18572 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18574 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18575 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18577 \(fn)" t nil)
18579 ;;;***
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18582 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18583 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18584 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18585 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19207 3089))
18586 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18588 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18589 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18590 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18591 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18593 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18594 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18595 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18596 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18597 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18598 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18599 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18600 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18601 e Export views to associated files.
18602 s Search entries for keywords.
18603 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18604 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18605 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18606 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18607 > Remove a previous restriction.
18608 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18609 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18610 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18612 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18613 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18614 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18616 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18617 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18618 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18619 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18620 \(if active).
18622 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18624 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18625 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18626 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18627 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18628 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18629 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18630 before running the agenda command.
18632 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18634 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18635 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18636 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18637 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18638 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18639 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18640 before running the agenda command.
18642 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18643 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18645 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18647 category The category of the item
18648 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18649 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18650 todo selected in TODO match
18651 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18652 diary imported from diary
18653 deadline a deadline on given date
18654 scheduled scheduled on given date
18655 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18656 closed entry was closed on given date
18657 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18658 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18659 block entry has date block including g. date
18660 todo The todo keyword, if any
18661 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18662 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18663 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18664 extra Sting with extra planning info
18665 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18666 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18667 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18669 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18671 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18672 Not documented
18674 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18676 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18677 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18679 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18681 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18682 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18683 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18684 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18686 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18687 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18688 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18689 agenda instead.
18691 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18692 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18693 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18695 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18696 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18698 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18700 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18701 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18702 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18703 search only the headlines.
18705 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18706 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18707 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18708 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18709 EDIT-AT.
18711 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18712 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
18713 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
18714 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
18715 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
18717 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
18718 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
18720 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
18721 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
18722 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
18723 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
18724 are enclosed by word delimiters.
18726 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
18727 that must or must not match in the entry.
18729 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
18730 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
18731 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
18732 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
18734 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
18735 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18737 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
18739 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
18740 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
18741 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
18742 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
18743 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
18744 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
18746 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18748 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
18749 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
18750 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
18752 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
18754 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
18755 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
18756 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
18757 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
18758 `org-stuck-projects'.
18759 MATCH is being ignored.
18761 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18763 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
18764 Return diary information from org-files.
18765 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18766 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18767 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18768 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18770 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18771 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18772 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18774 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
18776 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18777 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18778 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18779 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18781 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18782 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18783 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18785 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18786 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18787 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18788 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18790 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18792 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18794 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18795 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18797 &%%(org-diary)
18799 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18800 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
18801 So the example above may also be written as
18803 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
18805 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18806 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18807 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18809 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18811 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
18812 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
18814 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
18816 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18817 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
18818 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
18820 \(fn)" t nil)
18822 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
18823 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
18824 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
18825 appointments.
18827 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
18828 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
18830 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
18831 for filtering entries out.
18833 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
18834 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
18836 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
18837 (category \"Work\"))
18839 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
18840 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
18842 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
18844 ;;;***
18846 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
18847 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
18848 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
18849 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
18851 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
18852 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
18853 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
18855 \(fn)" t nil)
18857 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
18858 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
18859 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
18861 \(fn)" t nil)
18863 ;;;***
18865 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
18866 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
18867 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19207 3089))
18868 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
18870 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
18871 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
18872 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
18874 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18876 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18877 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
18878 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
18879 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
18880 command to convert it.
18882 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18884 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18885 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
18886 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
18887 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
18888 cut-and-paste operations.
18889 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
18890 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
18891 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
18892 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
18894 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
18896 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
18897 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
18899 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
18901 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18902 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
18903 If there is an active region, export only the region.
18904 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
18905 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
18906 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
18907 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
18908 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
18909 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
18910 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
18911 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
18912 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
18913 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
18914 publishing directory.
18916 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
18918 ;;;***
18920 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19207
18921 ;;;;;; 3089))
18922 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
18924 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
18925 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
18926 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
18928 \(fn)" t nil)
18930 ;;;***
18932 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
18933 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
18934 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
18936 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
18937 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
18939 \(fn)" nil nil)
18941 ;;;***
18943 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
18944 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19207 3089))
18945 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
18947 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
18948 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
18949 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
18950 fontified, and then returned.
18952 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
18954 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
18955 Set up hooks for clock persistence
18957 \(fn)" nil nil)
18959 ;;;***
18961 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
18962 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
18963 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
18964 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19207 3089))
18965 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
18967 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
18968 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
18969 This function can be used in batch processing.
18971 For example:
18973 $ emacs --batch
18974 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
18975 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
18977 \(fn)" nil nil)
18979 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
18980 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
18981 No file is created.
18983 \(fn)" t nil)
18985 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
18986 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
18987 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
18988 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
18989 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
18990 then use this command to convert it.
18992 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18994 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
18995 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
18996 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
18997 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
18998 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
18999 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19000 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19001 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19002 could call this function in the following way:
19004 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19006 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19007 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19009 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19011 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19012 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19014 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19016 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19017 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19019 \(fn)" t nil)
19021 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19022 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19023 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19024 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19025 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19026 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19027 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19028 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19029 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19030 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19031 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19032 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19033 publishing directory.
19035 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19037 ;;;***
19039 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19040 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19041 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19042 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19044 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19045 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19046 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19047 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19048 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19050 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19051 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19052 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19056 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19057 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19058 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19059 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19060 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19061 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19062 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19063 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19064 command.
19066 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19068 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19069 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19070 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19071 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19072 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19074 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19075 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19076 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19077 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19079 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19080 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19081 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19083 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19084 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19085 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19086 directory.
19088 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19090 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19091 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19093 \(fn)" t nil)
19095 ;;;***
19097 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19098 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19207
19099 ;;;;;; 3089))
19100 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19102 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19103 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19105 \(fn)" t nil)
19107 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19108 Get inbox items from FEED.
19109 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19110 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19112 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19114 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19115 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19117 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19119 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19120 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19122 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19124 ;;;***
19126 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19127 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19207 3089))
19128 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19130 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19131 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19132 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19133 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19134 create a new footnote, interactively.
19135 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19137 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19139 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19140 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19141 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19142 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19143 Org-mode exporters.
19144 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19145 referenced sequence.
19147 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19149 ;;;***
19151 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19152 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19153 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19154 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19207 3089))
19155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19157 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19158 Not documented
19160 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19162 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19163 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19165 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19167 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19168 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19170 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19172 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19173 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19175 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19177 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19178 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19180 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19182 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19183 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19185 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19187 ;;;***
19189 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19190 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19191 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19192 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19207 3089))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19195 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19197 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19199 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19201 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19202 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19203 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19204 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19205 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19207 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19209 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19210 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19211 emacs --batch
19212 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19213 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19214 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19216 \(fn)" nil nil)
19218 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19219 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19220 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19224 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19225 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19226 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19227 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19228 command to convert it.
19230 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19232 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19233 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19234 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19235 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19236 cut-and-paste operations.
19237 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19238 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19239 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19240 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19242 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19244 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19245 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19247 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19249 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19250 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19251 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19252 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19253 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19254 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19255 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19256 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19257 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19258 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19259 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19260 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19261 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19262 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19263 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19265 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19267 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19268 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19269 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19270 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19271 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19272 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19273 need into your CSS file.
19275 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19276 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19277 that uses these same face definitions.
19279 \(fn)" t nil)
19281 ;;;***
19283 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19284 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19285 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19288 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19289 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19290 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19291 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19293 \(fn)" t nil)
19295 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19296 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19297 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19298 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19300 \(fn)" t nil)
19302 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19303 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19304 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19306 \(fn)" t nil)
19308 ;;;***
19310 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19311 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19312 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19207 3089))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19315 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19316 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19317 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19318 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19320 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19322 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19323 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19324 Create an ID if necessary.
19326 \(fn)" t nil)
19328 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19329 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19330 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19331 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19332 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19333 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19334 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19336 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19338 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19339 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19340 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19341 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19342 eligible.
19343 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19345 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19347 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19348 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19349 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19350 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19352 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19354 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19355 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19356 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19358 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19360 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19361 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19362 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19363 if there is no entry with that ID.
19364 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19366 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19368 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19369 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19371 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19373 ;;;***
19375 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19376 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19377 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19379 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19380 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19382 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19383 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19384 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19388 ;;;***
19390 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19391 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19392 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19394 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19395 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19397 \(fn)" nil nil)
19399 ;;;***
19401 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19402 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19403 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19404 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19407 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19408 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19409 For example:
19411 emacs --batch
19412 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19413 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19414 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19416 \(fn)" nil nil)
19418 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19419 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19420 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19422 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19424 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19425 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19426 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19427 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19428 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19429 then use this command to convert it.
19431 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19433 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19434 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19435 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19436 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19437 cut-and-paste operations.
19438 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19439 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19440 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19441 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19443 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19445 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19446 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19448 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19450 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19451 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19452 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19453 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19454 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19455 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19456 convert them as description lists.
19457 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19458 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19459 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19460 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19461 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19462 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19463 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19464 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19465 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19466 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19467 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19469 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19471 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19472 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19474 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19476 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19477 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19481 ;;;***
19483 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19484 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19207
19485 ;;;;;; 3089))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19488 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19489 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19490 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19491 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19493 \(fn)" t nil)
19495 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19496 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19497 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19498 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19500 \(fn)" t nil)
19502 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19503 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19505 \(fn)" t nil)
19507 ;;;***
19509 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19510 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19511 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19513 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19514 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19515 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19516 line directly before or after the table.
19518 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19520 ;;;***
19522 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19523 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19524 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19527 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19529 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19530 Publish PROJECT.
19532 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19534 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19535 Publish all projects.
19536 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19537 directory and force publishing all files.
19539 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19541 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19542 Publish the current file.
19543 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19545 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19547 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19548 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19549 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19550 the project.
19552 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19554 ;;;***
19556 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19557 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19558 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19207 3089))
19559 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19561 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19562 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19564 \(fn)" nil nil)
19566 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19567 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19568 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19569 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19570 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19572 \(fn)" nil nil)
19574 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19575 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19576 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19577 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19579 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19581 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19582 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19583 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19584 of the remember buffer.
19586 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19587 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19588 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19589 note stored by remember.
19591 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19592 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19594 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19596 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19597 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19598 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19599 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19600 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19602 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19603 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19604 process is used to select the target location.
19606 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19607 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19609 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19610 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19611 currently running.
19613 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19614 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19615 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19617 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19618 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19619 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19620 some additional data.
19622 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19623 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19624 \(i.e. after the stars).
19626 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19628 \(fn)" nil nil)
19630 ;;;***
19632 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19633 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19207 3089))
19634 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19636 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19637 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19639 \(fn)" nil nil)
19641 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19642 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19646 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19647 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19648 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19649 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19650 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19652 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19654 ;;;***
19656 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19657 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19658 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19659 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19661 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19662 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19663 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19664 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19665 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19666 without user interaction.
19667 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19668 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19669 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19670 the region 0:00:00.
19672 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19674 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19675 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19676 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19677 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19678 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19679 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19680 that was not started at the correct moment.
19682 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19684 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19685 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19687 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19689 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19690 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19694 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19695 Set a timer.
19697 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19699 ;;;***
19701 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19702 ;;;;;; (19207 3089))
19703 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19705 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19706 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19707 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19709 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19711 ;;;***
19713 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19714 ;;;;;; (19097 14262))
19715 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19716 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19718 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19719 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19720 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19721 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19723 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19724 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19725 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19726 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19728 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19729 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19730 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19731 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19732 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19733 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19735 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19736 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19737 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19739 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19740 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19741 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19742 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19743 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19744 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19745 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19746 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19747 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19748 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19749 The subheadings remain visible.
19750 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19752 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19753 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19754 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19756 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19757 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19759 \(fn)" t nil)
19761 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
19762 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19763 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19764 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19767 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
19769 ;;;***
19771 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19106 34047))
19772 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19774 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19775 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19776 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19779 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19781 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
19783 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
19784 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19785 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19786 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19788 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19789 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19793 ;;;***
19795 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19796 ;;;;;; (19097 14263))
19797 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19798 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
19800 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
19801 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19802 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19803 unknown are returned as nil.
19805 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19807 ;;;***
19809 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19224
19810 ;;;;;; 11654))
19811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19813 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
19814 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19815 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19817 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19818 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19820 Other useful functions are:
19822 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19823 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19824 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19825 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19826 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19827 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19828 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19829 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19830 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19832 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19834 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19835 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19836 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19837 Indentation for case statements.
19838 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19839 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19840 mark after an end.
19841 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19842 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19843 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19844 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19845 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19846 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19847 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19848 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19849 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19850 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19852 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19853 pascal-separator-keywords.
19855 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19856 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19858 \(fn)" t nil)
19860 ;;;***
19862 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19863 ;;;;;; (19005 47390))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19866 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
19867 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19868 The keys affected are:
19869 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19870 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19871 M-Backspace does undo.
19872 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19873 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19874 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19876 \(fn)" t nil)
19878 ;;;***
19880 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
19881 ;;;;;; (19114 60443))
19882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19884 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19885 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19886 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19887 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19888 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19889 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19891 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
19893 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
19894 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19896 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19898 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19899 which modify the status of the mark.
19901 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19902 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19904 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19905 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19907 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19908 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19909 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19910 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19911 turning PC Selection mode on.
19913 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19914 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19916 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19917 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19918 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19920 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19921 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19922 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19924 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19925 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19927 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19928 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19929 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19931 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19932 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19933 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19935 F6 other-window
19936 DELETE delete-char
19937 C-DELETE kill-line
19938 M-DELETE kill-word
19939 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19940 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19941 M-BACKSPACE undo
19943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19945 ;;;***
19947 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19005
19948 ;;;;;; 47385))
19949 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19951 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19952 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19954 \(fn)" nil nil)
19956 ;;;***
19958 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19959 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19180 20242))
19960 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19962 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19963 Completion for `gzip'.
19965 \(fn)" nil nil)
19967 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19968 Completion for `bzip2'.
19970 \(fn)" nil nil)
19972 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19973 Completion for GNU `make'.
19975 \(fn)" nil nil)
19977 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19978 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19980 \(fn)" nil nil)
19982 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
19984 ;;;***
19986 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19987 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19168 27716))
19988 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19990 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
19991 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19993 \(fn)" nil nil)
19995 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
19996 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19998 \(fn)" nil nil)
20000 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20001 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20003 \(fn)" nil nil)
20005 ;;;***
20007 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19180
20008 ;;;;;; 20242))
20009 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20011 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20012 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20014 \(fn)" nil nil)
20016 ;;;***
20018 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20019 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20020 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19224 11652))
20021 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20023 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20024 Completion for `cd'.
20026 \(fn)" nil nil)
20028 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20030 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20031 Completion for `rmdir'.
20033 \(fn)" nil nil)
20035 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20036 Completion for `rm'.
20038 \(fn)" nil nil)
20040 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20041 Completion for `xargs'.
20043 \(fn)" nil nil)
20045 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20047 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20048 Completion for `which'.
20050 \(fn)" nil nil)
20052 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20053 Completion for the `chown' command.
20055 \(fn)" nil nil)
20057 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20058 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20060 \(fn)" nil nil)
20062 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20063 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20065 \(fn)" nil nil)
20067 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20068 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20069 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20071 \(fn)" nil nil)
20073 ;;;***
20075 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20076 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20077 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19224
20078 ;;;;;; 11652))
20079 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20081 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20082 Support extensible programmable completion.
20083 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20084 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20086 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20088 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20089 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20091 \(fn)" t nil)
20093 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20094 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20095 This will modify the current buffer.
20097 \(fn)" t nil)
20099 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20100 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20102 \(fn)" t nil)
20104 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20105 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20106 This will modify the current buffer.
20108 \(fn)" t nil)
20110 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20111 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20113 \(fn)" t nil)
20115 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20116 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20118 \(fn)" t nil)
20120 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20121 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20122 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20123 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20124 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20126 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20128 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20129 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20131 \(fn)" nil nil)
20133 ;;;***
20135 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20136 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20137 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19133 15921))
20138 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20140 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20141 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20142 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20143 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20145 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20147 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20149 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20150 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20151 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20152 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20153 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20154 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20155 FLAGS is ignored.
20157 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20159 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20160 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20161 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20162 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20163 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20164 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20165 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20166 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20168 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20170 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20171 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20172 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20173 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20174 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20175 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20176 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20177 passed to cvs.
20179 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20181 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20182 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20183 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20184 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20185 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20186 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20187 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20189 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20191 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20192 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20193 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20195 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20197 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20198 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20199 A value of nil means never do it.
20200 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20201 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20202 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20204 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20206 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20207 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20208 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20210 ;;;***
20212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19169 52567))
20213 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20215 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20217 ;;;***
20219 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20220 ;;;;;; (19220 31146))
20221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20222 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20223 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20224 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20225 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20226 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20227 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20229 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20230 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20231 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20232 Tab indents for Perl code.
20233 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20234 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20235 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20236 \\{perl-mode-map}
20237 Variables controlling indentation style:
20238 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20239 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20240 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20241 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20242 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20243 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20244 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20245 `perl-nochange'
20246 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20247 `perl-indent-level'
20248 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20249 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20250 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20251 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20252 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20253 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20254 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20255 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20256 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20257 `perl-brace-offset'
20258 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20259 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20260 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20261 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20262 `perl-label-offset'
20263 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20264 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20265 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20267 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20268 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20269 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20270 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20271 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20272 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20273 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20275 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20277 \(fn)" t nil)
20279 ;;;***
20281 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20282 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20283 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20284 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19143 36129))
20285 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20287 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20288 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20290 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20292 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20293 passphrase cache or user.
20295 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20297 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20298 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20300 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20301 cache or user.
20303 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20305 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20306 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20308 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20309 the region.
20311 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20312 passphrase cache or user.
20314 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20316 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20317 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20319 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20321 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20322 the region.
20324 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20325 passphrase cache or user.
20327 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20329 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20330 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20332 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20333 passphrase cache or user.
20335 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20337 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20338 Decrypt the current buffer.
20340 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20341 the region.
20343 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20344 passphrase cache or user.
20346 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20348 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20349 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20351 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20352 a detached signature.
20354 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20355 and the output is displayed.
20357 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20358 passphrase cache or user.
20360 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20362 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20363 Sign the current buffer.
20365 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20366 detached signature.
20368 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20369 within the region.
20371 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20372 and the output is displayed.
20374 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20375 passphrase cache or user.
20377 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20379 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20380 Verify the current region between START and END.
20381 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20382 the detached signature of the current region.
20384 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20385 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20387 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20389 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20390 Verify the current buffer.
20391 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20392 the detached signature of the current region.
20393 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20394 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20395 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20396 within the region.
20398 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20400 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20401 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20403 \(fn)" t nil)
20405 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20406 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20408 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20410 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20411 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20413 \(fn)" t nil)
20415 ;;;***
20417 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20418 ;;;;;; (19005 47385))
20419 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20421 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20422 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20424 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20426 ;;;***
20428 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20429 ;;;;;; (19114 58214))
20430 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20432 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20433 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20434 \\<picture-mode-map>
20435 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20436 afterwards settable by these commands:
20438 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20439 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20440 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20441 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20443 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20444 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20445 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20446 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20448 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20449 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20450 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20451 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20453 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20454 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20455 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20456 with these commands:
20458 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20459 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20460 Move to column following last
20461 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20462 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20463 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20464 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20465 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20466 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20468 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20470 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20471 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20472 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20473 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20474 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20475 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20477 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20478 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20479 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20480 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20481 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20482 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20483 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20485 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20486 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20487 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20488 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20489 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20490 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20491 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20492 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20494 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20495 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20496 by supplying an argument.
20498 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20500 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20501 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20503 \(fn)" t nil)
20505 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20507 ;;;***
20509 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20510 ;;;;;; (19005 47406))
20511 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20513 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20514 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20515 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20517 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20519 ;;;***
20521 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19106 34049))
20522 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20524 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20525 Play pong and waste time.
20526 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20527 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20529 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20531 \\{pong-mode-map}
20533 \(fn)" t nil)
20535 ;;;***
20537 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20538 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20539 ;;;;;; (19180 20243))
20540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20542 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20543 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20544 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20545 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20547 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20549 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20550 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20552 \(fn)" nil nil)
20554 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20555 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20556 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20557 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20558 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20560 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20562 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20563 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20564 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20566 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20568 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20569 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20571 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20573 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20574 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20575 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20576 Ignores leading comment characters.
20578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20580 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20581 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20582 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20583 Ignores leading comment characters.
20585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20587 ;;;***
20589 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20590 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20591 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20592 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20593 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20594 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20595 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20596 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20597 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20598 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20599 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20600 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20601 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20602 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20603 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20604 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20605 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20606 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20607 ;;;;;; (19198 52513))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20610 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20611 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20613 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20615 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20617 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20619 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20620 Preview directory using ghostview.
20622 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20623 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20624 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20625 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20627 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20628 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20629 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20630 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20631 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20632 file name.
20634 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20636 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20638 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20639 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20641 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20642 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20643 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20644 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20646 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20647 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20648 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20649 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20650 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20651 file name.
20653 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20655 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20657 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20658 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20660 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20661 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20662 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20663 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20665 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20666 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20667 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20668 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20669 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20670 file name.
20672 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20674 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20676 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20677 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20679 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20681 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20682 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20683 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20684 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20686 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20687 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20688 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20689 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20690 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20691 file name.
20693 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20695 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20697 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20698 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20700 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20701 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20702 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20704 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20705 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20706 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20707 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20709 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20711 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20712 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20714 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20715 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20716 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20718 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20719 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20720 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20721 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20723 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20725 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20726 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20728 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20729 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20730 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20732 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20733 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20734 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20735 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20737 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20739 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20740 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20742 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20744 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20745 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20746 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20748 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20749 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20750 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20751 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20753 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20755 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20756 Preview region using ghostview.
20758 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20760 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20762 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20763 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20765 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20767 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20769 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20770 Print region using PostScript printer.
20772 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20774 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20776 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20777 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20779 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20781 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20783 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
20784 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20786 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20788 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20790 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20791 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20793 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20795 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20797 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
20798 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20800 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20802 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20804 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
20805 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20807 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20809 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20811 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
20812 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20813 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20814 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20816 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20817 matching.
20819 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20820 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20822 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20824 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20826 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
20827 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20828 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20829 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20831 \(fn)" t nil)
20833 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
20834 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20835 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20836 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20838 \(fn)" t nil)
20840 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
20841 Print directory using text printer.
20843 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20844 matching.
20846 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20847 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20849 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20851 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20853 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
20854 Print buffer using text printer.
20856 \(fn)" t nil)
20858 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
20859 Print region using text printer.
20861 \(fn)" t nil)
20863 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
20864 Print major mode using text printer.
20866 \(fn)" t nil)
20868 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
20869 Preview spooled PostScript.
20871 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20872 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20873 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20875 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20876 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20877 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20879 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20881 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20882 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20884 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20885 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20886 instead of sending it to the printer.
20888 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20889 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20890 image in a file with that name.
20892 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20894 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
20895 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20897 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20898 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20899 instead of sending it to the printer.
20901 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20902 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20903 image in a file with that name.
20905 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20907 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
20908 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20910 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20911 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20912 instead of sending it to the printer.
20914 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20915 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20916 image in a file with that name.
20918 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20920 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
20921 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20923 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20925 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
20926 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20928 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20930 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20931 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20933 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20935 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
20936 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20938 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20940 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
20941 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20943 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20945 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
20946 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20948 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20949 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20950 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20951 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20953 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20954 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20955 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20956 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20957 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20958 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20959 file name.
20961 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20963 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
20964 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20966 \(fn)" t nil)
20968 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
20969 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20971 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20972 right.
20973 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20974 bottom.
20976 \(fn)" t nil)
20978 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
20979 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20981 \(fn)" t nil)
20983 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
20984 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20986 \(fn)" t nil)
20988 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
20989 Toggle printing with faces.
20991 \(fn)" t nil)
20993 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
20994 Toggle spooling.
20996 \(fn)" t nil)
20998 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
20999 Toggle duplex.
21001 \(fn)" t nil)
21003 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21004 Toggle tumble.
21006 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21007 right.
21008 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21009 bottom.
21011 \(fn)" t nil)
21013 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21014 Toggle landscape.
21016 \(fn)" t nil)
21018 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21019 Toggle upside-down.
21021 \(fn)" t nil)
21023 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21024 Toggle line number.
21026 \(fn)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21029 Toggle zebra stripes.
21031 \(fn)" t nil)
21033 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21034 Toggle printing header.
21036 \(fn)" t nil)
21038 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21039 Toggle printing header frame.
21041 \(fn)" t nil)
21043 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21044 Toggle menu lock.
21046 \(fn)" t nil)
21048 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21049 Toggle auto region.
21051 \(fn)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21054 Toggle auto mode.
21056 \(fn)" t nil)
21058 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21059 Customization of the `printing' group.
21061 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21063 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21064 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21066 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21068 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21069 Help for the printing package.
21071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21074 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21078 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21079 Interactively select a text printer.
21081 \(fn)" t nil)
21083 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21084 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21086 \(fn)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21089 Show current ps-print settings.
21091 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21093 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21094 Show current printing settings.
21096 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21098 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21099 Show current lpr settings.
21101 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21104 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21106 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21107 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21108 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21109 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21112 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21114 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21115 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21116 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21118 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21119 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21120 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21121 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21122 current active printer.
21124 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21125 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21126 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21127 printer.
21129 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21130 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21131 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21132 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21133 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21136 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21137 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21139 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21141 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21142 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21143 be done using the new current active printer.
21145 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21146 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21147 printer.
21149 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21150 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21151 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21152 instead of sending it to the printer.
21154 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21155 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21156 printer.
21158 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21161 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21162 are both set to t.
21164 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21166 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21167 Fast fire function for text printing.
21169 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21170 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21171 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21172 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21174 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21175 user for a new active text printer.
21177 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21179 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21181 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21182 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21183 printer.
21185 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21187 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21188 are both set to t.
21190 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21192 ;;;***
21194 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19225 50226))
21195 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21197 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21198 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21199 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21200 information will be displayed but not selected.
21201 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21203 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21207 ;;;***
21209 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21210 ;;;;;; (19097 14278))
21211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21213 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21214 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21215 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21216 Commands:
21217 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21218 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21219 if that value is non-nil.
21221 \(fn)" t nil)
21223 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21225 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21226 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21227 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21229 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21231 ;;;***
21233 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19198
21234 ;;;;;; 52513))
21235 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21237 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21238 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21239 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21241 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21243 ;;;***
21245 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19005
21246 ;;;;;; 47404))
21247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21249 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21250 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21252 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21254 The following variables hold user options, and can
21255 be set through the `customize' command:
21257 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21258 `ps-mode-tab'
21259 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21260 `ps-mode-print-function'
21261 `ps-run-prompt'
21262 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21263 `ps-run-x'
21264 `ps-run-dumb'
21265 `ps-run-init'
21266 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21267 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21269 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21272 \\{ps-mode-map}
21275 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21276 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21277 The keymap for this second window is:
21279 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21282 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21283 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21284 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21285 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21286 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21288 \(fn)" t nil)
21290 ;;;***
21292 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21293 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21294 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21295 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21296 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21297 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19198
21298 ;;;;;; 52513))
21299 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21301 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21302 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21303 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21305 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21307 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21308 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21309 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21310 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21312 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21314 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21315 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21317 Valid values are:
21319 nil Do not print colors.
21321 t Print colors.
21323 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21324 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21326 Any other value is treated as t.")
21328 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21330 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21331 Customization of ps-print group.
21333 \(fn)" t nil)
21335 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21336 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21338 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21339 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21340 sending it to the printer.
21342 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21343 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21344 image in a file with that name.
21346 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21349 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21350 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21351 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21352 so it has a way to determine color values.
21354 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21356 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21357 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21358 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21360 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21362 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21363 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21364 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21365 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21366 so it has a way to determine color values.
21368 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21370 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21371 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21372 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21373 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21375 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21380 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21381 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21382 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21383 so it has a way to determine color values.
21385 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21390 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21391 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21393 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21395 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21397 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21398 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21399 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21400 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21401 so it has a way to determine color values.
21403 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21405 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21407 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21408 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21410 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21411 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21412 instead of sending it to the printer.
21414 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21415 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21416 image in a file with that name.
21418 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21420 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21421 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21422 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21423 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21424 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21426 \(fn)" t nil)
21428 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21429 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21430 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21432 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21435 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21436 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21438 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21440 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21441 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21443 \(fn)" nil nil)
21445 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21446 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21448 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21449 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21451 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21452 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21454 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21456 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21458 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21460 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21461 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21463 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21464 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21466 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21467 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21469 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21471 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21473 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21475 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21476 foreground and background colors respectively.
21478 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21479 bold - use bold font.
21480 italic - use italic font.
21481 underline - put a line under text.
21482 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21483 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21484 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21485 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21486 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21488 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21490 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21492 ;;;***
21494 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21495 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19229 39178))
21496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21498 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21500 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21502 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21504 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21505 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21506 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21507 buffer automatically.
21509 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21510 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21511 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21512 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21513 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21514 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21515 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21517 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21518 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21519 buffer for a list of commands.)
21521 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21523 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21524 Major mode for editing Python files.
21525 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21526 for correct parsing of the source.
21527 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21528 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21529 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21531 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21532 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21533 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21534 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21535 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21536 \\<python-mode-map>
21537 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21538 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21539 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21540 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21541 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21542 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21544 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21545 effect outside them.
21547 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21548 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21549 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21550 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21551 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21552 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21553 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21554 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21555 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21557 \\{python-mode-map}
21559 \(fn)" t nil)
21561 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21562 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21563 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21564 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21566 \(fn)" t nil)
21568 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21569 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21570 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21571 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21572 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21573 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21575 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21576 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21577 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21578 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21579 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21580 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21581 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21583 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21584 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21585 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21586 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21587 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21589 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21590 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21591 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21592 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21593 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21594 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21595 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21596 mode.
21598 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21599 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21600 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21601 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21602 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21603 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21604 filter.
21606 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21608 ;;;***
21610 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21611 ;;;;;; (19106 34048))
21612 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21614 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21615 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21616 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21617 coding-system.
21619 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21620 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21622 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21623 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21624 them into characters should be done separately.
21626 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21628 ;;;***
21630 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21631 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21632 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21633 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21634 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19159 32857))
21635 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21637 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21638 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21640 \(fn)" nil nil)
21642 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21643 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21644 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21646 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21647 `quail-activate', which see.
21649 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21651 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21652 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21653 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21654 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21655 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21656 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21657 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21659 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21660 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21661 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21662 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21663 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21664 shown.
21665 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21667 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21668 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21669 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21670 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21671 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21672 list of candidates.
21674 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21675 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21676 command to be called.
21678 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21679 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21680 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21681 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21683 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21684 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21685 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21686 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21687 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21688 to t.
21690 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21691 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21692 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21693 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21695 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21696 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21697 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21698 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21700 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21701 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21702 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21703 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21704 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21705 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21707 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21708 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21709 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21710 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21711 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21712 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21714 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21715 covers Quail translation region.
21717 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21718 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21719 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21720 for it) is inserted.
21722 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21723 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21724 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21726 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21727 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21728 non-Quail commands.
21730 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21732 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21733 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21735 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21736 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21737 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21738 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21739 you type is correctly handled.
21741 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21743 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21744 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21746 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21747 keyboard type.
21749 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21751 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21752 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21753 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21754 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21755 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21756 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21757 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21758 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21759 for the translation.
21760 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21762 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21763 it is used to handle KEY.
21765 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21766 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21767 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21768 the following annotation types are supported.
21770 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21771 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21773 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21774 candidate list.
21776 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21777 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21778 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21779 inserted.
21781 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21782 generated for the following translations.
21784 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21786 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21787 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21789 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21790 which to install MAP.
21792 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21794 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21796 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21797 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21799 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21800 which to install MAP.
21802 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21804 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21806 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21807 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21808 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21809 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21810 a function, or a cons.
21811 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21812 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21813 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21814 for the translation.
21815 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21816 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21817 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21818 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21819 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21821 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21822 it is used to handle KEY.
21824 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21825 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21826 current Quail package.
21828 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21829 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21831 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21833 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
21834 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21836 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21837 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21839 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21841 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21842 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21844 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21846 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
21847 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21848 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21849 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21850 of the Emacs source tree.
21852 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21853 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21855 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21856 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21857 of each directory.
21859 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21861 ;;;***
21863 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21864 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21865 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19143
21866 ;;;;;; 36131))
21867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21869 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21870 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21871 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21872 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21874 To make use of this do something like:
21876 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21878 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21880 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
21881 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21883 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21884 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21885 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21887 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21889 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
21890 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21892 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
21895 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21897 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21898 is decided.
21900 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21902 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
21903 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21905 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21906 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21907 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21909 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21911 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
21912 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21914 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21916 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
21917 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21919 \(fn)" t nil)
21921 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
21922 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21924 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21926 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21928 \(fn)" t nil)
21930 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
21931 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21933 \(fn)" t nil)
21935 ;;;***
21937 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21938 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19180 20244))
21939 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21941 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
21942 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
21944 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
21946 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
21948 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21950 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
21952 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
21953 Not documented
21955 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21957 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21958 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21959 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21960 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21961 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21962 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21964 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
21966 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
21967 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21971 ;;;***
21973 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19005
21974 ;;;;;; 47400))
21975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21977 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
21978 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21979 See \\[compile].
21981 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21983 ;;;***
21985 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21986 ;;;;;; (19180 20243))
21987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21989 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
21991 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
21992 Construct a regexp interactively.
21994 \(fn)" t nil)
21996 ;;;***
21998 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19144 43849))
21999 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22001 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22002 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22003 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22005 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22006 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22008 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22010 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22011 Toggle recentf mode.
22012 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22013 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22015 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22016 that were operated on recently.
22018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22020 ;;;***
22022 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22023 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22024 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22025 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19005
22026 ;;;;;; 47385))
22027 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22028 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22029 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22030 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22031 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22032 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22033 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22035 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22036 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22037 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22038 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22040 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22042 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22044 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22045 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22046 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22047 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22048 ends.
22050 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22051 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22052 to be deleted.
22054 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22056 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22057 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22058 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22060 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22061 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22062 deleted.
22064 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22066 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22067 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22068 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22070 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22072 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22073 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22075 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22076 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22078 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22079 deleted.
22081 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22082 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22083 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22084 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22085 even beep.)
22087 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22089 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22090 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22092 \(fn)" t nil)
22094 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22095 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22096 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22097 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22098 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22099 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22100 and point is at the lower right corner.
22102 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22104 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22105 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22107 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22108 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22110 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22111 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22112 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22114 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22116 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22118 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22119 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22120 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22121 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22122 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22124 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22125 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22127 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22129 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22130 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22131 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22133 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22135 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22137 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22139 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22140 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22142 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22143 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22144 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22146 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22148 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22149 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22150 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22152 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22153 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22154 rectangle which were empty.
22156 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22158 ;;;***
22160 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19005
22161 ;;;;;; 47406))
22162 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22164 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22165 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22166 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22168 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22169 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22170 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22174 ;;;***
22176 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22177 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19180 20245))
22178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22180 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22181 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22183 \(fn)" nil nil)
22185 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22186 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22188 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22189 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22191 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22192 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22193 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22194 \\ref macro.
22196 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22197 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22198 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22200 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22201 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22202 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22204 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22205 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22207 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22208 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22210 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22211 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22212 on the menu bar.
22214 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22218 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22219 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22220 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22222 \(fn)" nil nil)
22224 ;;;***
22226 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22227 ;;;;;; (19180 20245))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22230 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22231 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22232 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22233 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22234 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22235 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22237 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22239 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22241 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22242 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22243 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22244 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22245 `reftex-cite-format'.
22247 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22248 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22249 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22250 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22252 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22254 ;;;***
22256 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22257 ;;;;;; (19180 20245))
22258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22260 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22261 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22262 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22263 the current TeX document.
22265 With no argument, this command toggles
22266 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22267 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22271 ;;;***
22273 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22274 ;;;;;; (19180 20245))
22275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22277 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22278 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22279 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22281 To insert new phrases, use
22282 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22283 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22285 To index phrases use one of:
22287 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22288 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22289 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22290 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22291 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22293 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22294 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22296 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22298 Here are all local bindings.
22300 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22302 \(fn)" t nil)
22304 ;;;***
22306 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22307 ;;;;;; (19005 47406))
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22310 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22311 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22312 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22313 of master file.
22315 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22317 ;;;***
22319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19005
22320 ;;;;;; 47406))
22321 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22322 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22323 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22324 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22325 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22327 ;;;***
22329 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22330 ;;;;;; (19005 47390))
22331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22333 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22334 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22335 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22336 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22337 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22338 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22340 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22341 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22343 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22344 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22346 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22348 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22349 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22350 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22351 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22353 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22355 ;;;***
22357 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22358 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22359 ;;;;;; (19097 14280))
22360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22362 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22363 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22364 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22365 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22367 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22369 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22371 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22372 Call `remember' in another frame.
22374 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22376 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22377 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22378 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22379 application.
22381 \(fn)" t nil)
22383 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22384 Extract diary entries from the region.
22386 \(fn)" nil nil)
22388 ;;;***
22390 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19005 47385))
22391 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22393 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22394 Repeat most recently executed command.
22395 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22396 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22397 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22399 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22400 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22401 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22402 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22404 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22405 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22406 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22408 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22410 ;;;***
22412 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22413 ;;;;;; (19184 20069))
22414 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22416 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22417 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22419 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22420 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22421 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22422 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22423 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22424 and point is left after the salutation.
22426 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22427 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22428 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22429 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22430 left after that text.
22432 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22433 is non-nil.
22435 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22436 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22437 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22438 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22440 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22442 ;;;***
22444 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22445 ;;;;;; (19005 47385))
22446 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22448 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22449 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22450 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22451 visibility of comments that precede it.
22452 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22453 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22454 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22455 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22456 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22457 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22458 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22459 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22460 the comment lines.
22461 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22462 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22463 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22464 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22465 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22469 ;;;***
22471 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22472 ;;;;;; (19005 47385))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22475 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22476 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22477 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22479 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22480 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22481 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22485 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22486 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22487 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22490 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22492 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22494 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22495 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22496 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22498 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22499 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22500 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22504 ;;;***
22506 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22507 ;;;;;; (19005 47390))
22508 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22510 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22511 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22513 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22515 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22516 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22518 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22520 ;;;***
22522 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19196 37075))
22523 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22524 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22526 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22527 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22528 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22529 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22531 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22533 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22534 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22535 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22536 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22538 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22539 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22541 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22542 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22544 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22545 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22546 INPUT-ARGS.
22548 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22549 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22550 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22551 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22552 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22554 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22555 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22556 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22557 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22559 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22560 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22561 variable.
22563 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22565 ;;;***
22567 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22568 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22569 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22570 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22571 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22572 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19229
22573 ;;;;;; 39178))
22574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22576 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22577 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22578 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22580 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22582 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22583 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22584 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22585 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22586 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22587 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22588 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22590 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22591 sent by you under different user names.
22592 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22594 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22596 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22598 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22599 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22600 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22601 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22602 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22604 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22605 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22607 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22609 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22610 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22611 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22612 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22613 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22614 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22615 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22617 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22618 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22619 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22620 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22621 which normally happens once for each message,
22622 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22623 To make a change in this variable take effect
22624 for a message that you have already viewed,
22625 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22627 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22629 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22630 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22631 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22632 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22634 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22636 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22637 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22639 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22641 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22642 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22643 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22645 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22647 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22648 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22649 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22650 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22651 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22652 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22654 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22656 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22657 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22659 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22661 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22662 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22664 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22666 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22667 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22669 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22670 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22672 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22674 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22675 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22677 This is set to nil by default.")
22679 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22680 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22681 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22682 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22683 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22684 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22685 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22687 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22688 Read and edit incoming mail.
22689 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22690 file in RMAIL Mode.
22691 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22693 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22694 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22695 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22696 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22698 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22700 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22702 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22703 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22704 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22705 Instead, these commands are available:
22707 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22708 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22709 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22710 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22711 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22712 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22713 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22714 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22715 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22716 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22717 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22718 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22719 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22720 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22721 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22722 till a deleted message is found.
22723 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22724 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22725 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22726 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22727 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22728 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22729 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22730 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22731 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22732 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22733 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22734 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22735 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22736 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22737 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22738 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22739 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22740 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22741 (label defaults to last one specified).
22742 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22743 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22744 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22745 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22746 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22747 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22748 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22749 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22750 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22752 \(fn)" t nil)
22754 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22755 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22757 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22759 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22760 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22762 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22764 ;;;***
22766 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
22767 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19097 14266))
22768 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22769 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22771 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22772 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22773 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22774 case it writes Babyl.
22776 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22777 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22778 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22779 `rmail-default-file'.
22781 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
22782 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
22783 buffer, updates it accordingly.
22785 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
22786 the header display is currently pruned.
22788 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
22789 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
22790 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
22791 messages after output.
22793 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
22794 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
22795 message (if writing a file directly).
22797 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
22798 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
22800 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22802 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
22803 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
22804 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
22805 i) the header is output as currently seen
22806 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
22807 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
22809 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
22810 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
22811 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
22813 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22815 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
22816 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22817 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
22818 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
22819 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
22820 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22821 `rmail-default-body-file'.
22823 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
22824 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
22825 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
22827 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22829 ;;;***
22831 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
22832 ;;;;;; (19188 27683))
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
22835 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
22836 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
22837 Return a pattern.
22839 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
22841 ;;;***
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
22844 ;;;;;; (18785 32013))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
22847 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
22848 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
22849 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
22850 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
22852 \(fn)" t nil)
22854 ;;;***
22856 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
22857 ;;;;;; (19218 50066))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
22860 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
22861 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
22863 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
22864 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
22865 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
22866 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
22867 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
22868 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
22869 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
22870 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
22871 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
22872 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
22874 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
22875 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
22876 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
22877 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
22878 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
22879 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
22880 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
22881 to use for finding the schema.
22883 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
22885 ;;;***
22887 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18785
22888 ;;;;;; 32015))
22889 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
22891 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
22893 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
22894 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
22895 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
22896 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
22897 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
22898 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
22899 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
22900 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
22901 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
22902 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
22903 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
22904 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
22905 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
22906 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
22907 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
22908 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
22909 must be equal.
22911 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
22913 ;;;***
22915 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
22916 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19097 14266))
22917 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
22919 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
22920 Define a robin package.
22922 NAME is the string of this robin package.
22923 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
22924 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
22925 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
22927 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
22928 one replaces the old one.
22930 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22932 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
22933 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
22935 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
22936 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
22937 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
22939 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
22941 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
22942 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
22944 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
22946 ;;;***
22948 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22949 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19005 47385))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22952 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
22953 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22955 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22957 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
22958 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
22960 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22962 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
22963 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22965 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22967 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
22968 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
22969 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22971 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22972 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22973 in ROT13.
22975 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22977 \(fn)" t nil)
22979 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
22980 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
22982 \(fn)" t nil)
22984 ;;;***
22986 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
22987 ;;;;;; (19188 27684))
22988 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
22989 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
22991 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
22992 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
22993 \\<rst-mode-map>
22994 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
22995 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
22996 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
22997 decorations within the region (see full details below).
22998 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23000 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23001 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23002 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23003 font-locking of blocks.
23005 \\{rst-mode-map}
23007 \(fn)" t nil)
23009 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23010 ReST Minor Mode.
23011 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23012 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23013 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23014 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23016 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23017 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23018 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23022 ;;;***
23024 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23025 ;;;;;; (19173 46045))
23026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23028 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23029 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23030 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23031 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23032 nesting into account.
23034 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23036 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23038 \(fn)" t nil)
23040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23042 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23044 ;;;***
23046 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19005
23047 ;;;;;; 47385))
23048 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23050 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23051 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23055 ;;;***
23057 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19005
23058 ;;;;;; 47390))
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23061 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23062 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23063 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23064 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23066 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23068 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23069 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23070 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23072 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23073 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23074 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23076 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23077 notation.
23079 STRING
23080 matches string STRING literally.
23082 CHAR
23083 matches character CHAR literally.
23085 `not-newline', `nonl'
23086 matches any character except a newline.
23088 `anything'
23089 matches any character
23091 `(any SET ...)'
23092 `(in SET ...)'
23093 `(char SET ...)'
23094 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23095 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23096 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23098 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23099 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23100 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23101 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23103 `(not (any SET ...))'
23104 matches any character not in SET ...
23106 `line-start', `bol'
23107 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23108 in the text being matched
23110 `line-end', `eol'
23111 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23113 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23114 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23115 string being matched against.
23117 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23118 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23119 string being matched against.
23121 `buffer-start'
23122 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23123 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23125 `buffer-end'
23126 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23127 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23129 `point'
23130 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23132 `word-start', `bow'
23133 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23135 `word-end', `eow'
23136 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23138 `word-boundary'
23139 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23140 word.
23142 `(not word-boundary)'
23143 `not-word-boundary'
23144 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23145 word.
23147 `symbol-start'
23148 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23150 `symbol-end'
23151 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23153 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23154 matches 0 through 9.
23156 `control', `cntrl'
23157 matches ASCII control characters.
23159 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23160 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23162 `blank'
23163 matches space and tab only.
23165 `graphic', `graph'
23166 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23167 space, and DEL.
23169 `printing', `print'
23170 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23171 and DEL.
23173 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23174 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23175 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23177 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23178 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23179 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23181 `ascii'
23182 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23184 `nonascii'
23185 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23187 `lower', `lower-case'
23188 matches anything lower-case.
23190 `upper', `upper-case'
23191 matches anything upper-case.
23193 `punctuation', `punct'
23194 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23195 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23197 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23198 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23200 `word', `wordchar'
23201 matches anything that has word syntax.
23203 `not-wordchar'
23204 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23206 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23207 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23208 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23209 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23211 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23212 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23213 `word' (\\sw)
23214 `symbol' (\\s_)
23215 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23216 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23217 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23218 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23219 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23220 `escape' (\\s\\)
23221 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23222 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23223 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23224 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23225 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23227 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23228 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23230 `(category CATEGORY)'
23231 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23232 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23234 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23235 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23236 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23237 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23238 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23239 `symbol' (\\c5)
23240 `digit' (\\c6)
23241 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23242 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23243 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23244 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23245 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23246 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23247 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23248 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23249 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23250 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23251 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23252 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23253 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23254 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23255 `ascii' (\\ca)
23256 `arabic' (\\cb)
23257 `chinese' (\\cc)
23258 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23259 `greek' (\\cg)
23260 `korean' (\\ch)
23261 `indian' (\\ci)
23262 `japanese' (\\cj)
23263 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23264 `latin' (\\cl)
23265 `lao' (\\co)
23266 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23267 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23268 `thai' (\\ct)
23269 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23270 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23271 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23272 `can-break' (\\c|)
23274 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23275 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23277 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23278 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23279 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23280 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23281 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23283 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23284 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23285 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23286 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23288 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23289 another name for `submatch'.
23291 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23292 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23293 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23294 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23295 regular expression.
23297 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23298 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23299 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23300 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23301 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23303 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23304 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23306 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23307 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23309 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23310 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23311 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23313 `(* SEXP ...)'
23314 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23315 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23317 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23318 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23319 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23321 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23322 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23323 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23325 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23326 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23328 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23329 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23331 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23332 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23333 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23334 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23336 `(? SEXP ...)'
23337 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23339 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23340 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23342 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23343 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23344 matches N occurrences.
23346 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23347 matches N or more occurrences.
23349 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23350 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23351 matches N to M occurrences.
23353 `(backref N)'
23354 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23356 `(eval FORM)'
23357 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23358 `regexp-quote' it.
23360 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23361 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23363 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23365 ;;;***
23367 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23368 ;;;;;; (19221 15538))
23369 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23371 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23372 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23373 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23374 interface.")
23376 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23378 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23379 Toggle savehist-mode.
23380 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23381 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23382 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23383 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23385 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23386 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23387 which is probably undesirable.
23389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23391 ;;;***
23393 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23394 ;;;;;; (19005 47404))
23395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23397 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23398 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23399 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23401 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23402 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23403 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23404 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23405 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23406 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23407 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23408 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23410 Commands:
23411 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23412 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23413 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23414 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23415 if that value is non-nil.
23417 \(fn)" t nil)
23419 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23420 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23421 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23423 Commands:
23424 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23425 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23426 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23427 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23428 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23429 that variable's value is a string.
23431 \(fn)" t nil)
23433 ;;;***
23435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23436 ;;;;;; (19005 47394))
23437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23439 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23440 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23441 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23443 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23445 \(fn)" t nil)
23447 ;;;***
23449 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23450 ;;;;;; (19005 47386))
23451 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23453 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23454 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23455 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23458 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23460 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23462 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23463 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23464 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23465 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23466 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23470 ;;;***
23472 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23473 ;;;;;; (19005 47386))
23474 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23476 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23477 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23478 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23479 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23480 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23481 during scrolling.
23483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23485 ;;;***
23487 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23488 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19205 61686))
23489 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23491 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23492 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23493 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23495 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23496 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23497 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23498 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23499 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23500 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23501 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23502 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23503 keybinding for tag names.")
23505 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23507 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23508 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23509 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23511 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23512 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23514 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23516 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23517 Toggle Semantic mode.
23518 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23520 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23521 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23522 auxilliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23523 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23524 Semantic mode.
23526 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23530 ;;;***
23532 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23533 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23534 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23535 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23536 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23537 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23538 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23539 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23540 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19221 16870))
23541 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23543 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23544 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23546 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23547 king@grassland.com
23548 If `parens', they look like:
23549 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23550 If `angles', they look like:
23551 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23553 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23554 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23556 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23558 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23559 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23560 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23561 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23563 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23564 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23565 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23566 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23568 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23570 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23571 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23572 This is done when the message is initialized,
23573 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23575 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23577 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23578 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23579 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23581 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23583 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23585 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23586 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23587 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23588 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23589 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23590 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23591 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23593 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23595 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23596 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23598 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23600 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23601 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23602 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23603 be a Babyl file.")
23605 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23607 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23608 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23609 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23610 when you first send mail.")
23612 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23614 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23615 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23616 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23617 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23618 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23620 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23622 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23623 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23624 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23625 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23626 This file need not actually exist.")
23628 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23630 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23631 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23633 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23635 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23636 Alist of mail address aliases,
23637 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23638 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23639 can specify a different file name.)
23640 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23641 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23643 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23644 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23645 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23647 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23649 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23650 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23651 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23653 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23655 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23656 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23657 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23658 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23659 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23660 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23661 in the cited portion of the message.
23663 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23664 instead of no action.")
23666 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23668 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23669 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23670 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23671 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23672 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23674 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23676 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23677 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23678 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23679 If a string, that string is inserted.
23680 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23681 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23682 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23683 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23685 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23687 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23688 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23690 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23692 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23693 Directory for mail buffers.
23694 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23695 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23697 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23699 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23700 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23701 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23702 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23704 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23706 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23707 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
23708 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23709 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23710 is non-nil.")
23712 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23714 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
23715 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23716 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23717 `query' means ask the user each time.
23718 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23719 The default is `mime'.
23720 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23721 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23723 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
23725 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23726 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23727 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23729 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23730 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23732 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23733 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23734 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23735 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23736 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23737 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23738 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23739 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23740 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23741 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23742 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23743 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23744 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23746 \(fn)" t nil)
23748 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23749 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23750 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23751 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23753 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23755 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23756 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23757 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
23758 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23759 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23760 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23762 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
23763 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23764 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23766 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23767 User should not set this variable manually,
23768 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23769 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23770 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23771 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
23773 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
23774 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23775 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23776 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23778 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23779 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23781 \\<mail-mode-map>
23782 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23784 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23785 to move to message header fields:
23786 \\{mail-mode-map}
23788 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23789 when the message is initialized.
23791 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23792 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23794 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23795 is inserted.
23797 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23798 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23800 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23801 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23802 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23803 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23804 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23805 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23806 buffer without erasing the contents.
23808 The second through fifth arguments,
23809 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23810 the initial contents of those header fields.
23811 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23812 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23813 original message being replied to, or else an action
23814 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23815 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23816 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23817 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23818 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23819 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23821 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23823 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
23824 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23826 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23828 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
23829 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23831 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23833 ;;;***
23835 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
23836 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19125
23837 ;;;;;; 11026))
23838 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23840 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
23841 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23842 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23843 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
23844 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23845 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23847 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23848 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23850 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
23851 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
23852 \\[server-start].
23854 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23856 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
23857 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
23858 If server is running, it is first stopped.
23859 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
23861 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23863 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23864 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23865 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23868 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23870 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
23872 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
23873 Toggle Server mode.
23874 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23875 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23876 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23880 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
23881 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
23882 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
23884 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
23885 only these files will be asked to be saved.
23887 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
23889 ;;;***
23891 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19097 14262))
23892 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23894 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
23895 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23896 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
23898 Key definitions:
23899 \\{ses-mode-map}
23900 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23901 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23902 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23903 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23905 \(fn)" t nil)
23907 ;;;***
23909 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23910 ;;;;;; (19226 49220))
23911 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23913 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
23914 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23915 Makes > match <.
23916 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23917 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23919 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23920 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23921 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23923 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23924 in your `.emacs' file.
23926 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23928 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23929 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23930 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23932 \(fn)" t nil)
23934 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
23935 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23936 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23937 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23938 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23939 which this is based.
23941 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23943 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23944 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23945 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23946 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23948 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23949 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23950 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23952 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23953 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23954 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23955 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23957 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23958 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23959 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23960 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23962 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23964 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23965 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23966 To work around that, do:
23967 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23969 \\{html-mode-map}
23971 \(fn)" t nil)
23973 ;;;***
23975 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23976 ;;;;;; (19181 51301))
23977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23978 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23980 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
23981 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23982 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23983 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23984 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23985 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23987 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23988 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23989 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23990 shell-specific features.
23992 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23993 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23994 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23995 \\<sh-mode-map>
23996 \\[sh-case] case statement
23997 \\[sh-for] for loop
23998 \\[sh-function] function definition
23999 \\[sh-if] if statement
24000 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24001 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24002 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24003 \\[sh-select] select loop
24004 \\[sh-until] until loop
24005 \\[sh-while] while loop
24007 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24008 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24009 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24010 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24011 would indent to the way it currently is.
24012 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24013 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24016 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24017 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24018 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24019 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24020 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24021 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24023 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24024 {, (, [, ', \", `
24025 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24027 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24028 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24029 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24031 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24032 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24034 \(fn)" t nil)
24036 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24038 ;;;***
24040 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19217 31366))
24041 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24043 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24044 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24045 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24046 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24047 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24048 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24050 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24052 ;;;***
24054 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24055 ;;;;;; (19213 42721))
24056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24058 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24059 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24061 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24062 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24063 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24065 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24066 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24067 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24068 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24069 the earlier.
24071 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24073 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24075 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24076 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24077 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24079 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24080 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24082 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24083 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24084 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24085 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24086 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24087 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24088 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24089 Emacs version).
24091 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24092 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24093 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24094 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24095 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24097 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24098 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24100 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24102 ;;;***
24104 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24105 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19198
24106 ;;;;;; 52513))
24107 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24109 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24110 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24111 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24112 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24113 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24114 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24115 sites in the cluster.
24117 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24119 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24120 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24121 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24122 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24123 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24125 \(fn)" t nil)
24127 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24128 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24129 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24130 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24131 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24132 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24133 `shadow-define-cluster').
24135 \(fn)" t nil)
24137 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24138 Set up file shadowing.
24140 \(fn)" t nil)
24142 ;;;***
24144 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24145 ;;;;;; (19226 51832))
24146 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24148 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24149 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24150 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24151 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24152 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24153 arguments.")
24155 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24157 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24158 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24159 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24160 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24161 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24163 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24164 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24165 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24166 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24167 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24168 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24169 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24170 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24171 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24172 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24173 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24175 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24176 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24177 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24178 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24179 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24180 `default-process-coding-system'.
24182 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24183 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24184 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24185 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24187 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24189 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24190 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24192 ;;;***
24194 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24195 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19005 47394))
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24198 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24199 Not documented
24201 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24203 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24204 Not documented
24206 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24208 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24209 Not documented
24211 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24213 ;;;***
24215 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24216 ;;;;;; (19106 34048))
24217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24219 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24220 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24221 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24222 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24223 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24225 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24227 \(fn)" t nil)
24229 ;;;***
24231 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19005
24232 ;;;;;; 47404))
24233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24235 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24236 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24237 \\{simula-mode-map}
24238 Variables controlling indentation style:
24239 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24240 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24241 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24242 `simula-indent-level'
24243 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24244 `simula-substatement-offset'
24245 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24246 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24247 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24248 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24249 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24250 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24251 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24252 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24253 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24254 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24255 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24256 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24257 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24258 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24259 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24260 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24261 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24262 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24263 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24264 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24265 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24266 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24267 or nil if they should not be changed.
24268 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24269 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24270 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24271 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24273 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24274 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24276 \(fn)" t nil)
24278 ;;;***
24280 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24281 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19005 47386))
24282 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24284 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24285 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24287 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24288 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24289 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24290 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24292 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24294 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24295 Insert SKELETON.
24296 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24297 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24298 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24299 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24300 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24302 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24303 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24305 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24307 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24308 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24310 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24311 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24312 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24313 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24315 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24316 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24317 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24318 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24320 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24321 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24322 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24324 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24325 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24327 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24328 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24330 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24331 _ interesting point, interregion here
24332 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24333 interesting point set by _
24334 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24335 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24336 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24337 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24338 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24339 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24340 nil skipped
24342 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24343 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24345 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24346 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24347 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24348 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24349 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24350 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24351 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24352 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24354 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24355 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24356 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24357 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24358 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24359 available:
24361 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24362 then: insert previously read string once more
24363 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24364 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24365 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24367 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24368 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24370 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24372 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24373 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24375 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24376 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24377 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24378 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24379 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24380 such as backslash.
24382 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24383 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24384 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24386 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24388 ;;;***
24390 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24391 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19144 43849))
24392 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24394 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24395 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24396 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24397 buffer names.
24399 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24401 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24402 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24403 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24407 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24408 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24409 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24411 \(fn)" t nil)
24413 ;;;***
24415 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24416 ;;;;;; (19005 47394))
24417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24419 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24420 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24421 A list of images is returned.
24423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24425 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24426 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24427 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24429 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24431 ;;;***
24433 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24434 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19184 20069))
24435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24437 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24438 Not documented
24440 \(fn)" nil nil)
24442 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24443 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24445 \(fn)" t nil)
24447 ;;;***
24449 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19005 47402))
24450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24452 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24453 Play the Snake game.
24454 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24456 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24458 Snake mode keybindings:
24459 \\<snake-mode-map>
24460 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24461 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24462 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24463 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24464 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24465 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24466 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24468 \(fn)" t nil)
24470 ;;;***
24472 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24473 ;;;;;; (19005 47400))
24474 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24476 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24477 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24478 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24479 Tab indents for C code.
24480 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24481 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24482 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24483 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24484 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24486 \(fn)" t nil)
24488 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24489 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24490 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24491 Tab indents for C code.
24492 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24493 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24494 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24495 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24496 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24498 \(fn)" t nil)
24500 ;;;***
24502 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19005
24503 ;;;;;; 47389))
24504 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24506 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24507 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24508 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24509 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24510 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24512 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24516 ;;;***
24518 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19106
24519 ;;;;;; 34049))
24520 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24522 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24523 Play Solitaire.
24525 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24526 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24527 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24528 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24529 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24530 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24531 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24532 check after each move or undo.)
24534 What is Solitaire?
24536 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24537 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24538 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24540 Le Solitaire
24541 ============
24543 o o o
24545 o o o
24547 o o o o o o o
24549 o o o . o o o
24551 o o o o o o o
24553 o o o
24555 o o o
24557 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24558 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24559 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24560 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24562 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24563 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24564 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24565 this: o o .
24567 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24568 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24570 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24572 o o o
24574 . o o
24576 o o . o o o o
24578 o . o o o o o
24580 o o o o o o o
24582 o o o
24584 o o o
24586 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24588 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24592 ;;;***
24594 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24595 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24596 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19005 47386))
24597 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24598 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24600 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24601 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24603 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24604 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24605 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24606 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24607 contiguous.
24609 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24610 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24611 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24612 the sort order.
24614 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24615 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24617 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24618 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24619 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24620 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24621 is called.
24623 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24624 It should move point to the end of the record.
24626 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24627 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24628 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24629 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24630 starts at the beginning of the record.
24632 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24633 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24634 same as ENDRECFUN.
24636 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24637 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24639 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24641 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24642 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24643 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24644 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24645 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24646 the sort order.
24648 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24650 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24651 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24652 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24653 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24654 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24655 the sort order.
24657 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24659 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24660 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24661 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24662 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24663 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24664 the sort order.
24666 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24667 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24669 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24670 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24671 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24672 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24673 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24674 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24675 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24676 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24677 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24679 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24681 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24682 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24683 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24684 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24685 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24686 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24687 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24688 the sort order.
24690 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24692 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24693 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24694 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24695 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24696 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24697 is to be used for sorting.
24698 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24699 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24700 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24701 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24702 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24704 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24706 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24707 the sort order.
24709 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24710 starting with the letter \"f\",
24711 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24713 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24715 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24716 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24717 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24718 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24719 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24720 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24721 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24722 the sort order.
24724 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24725 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24726 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24727 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24728 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24730 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24732 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
24733 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24734 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24736 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24738 ;;;***
24740 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19136
24741 ;;;;;; 51656))
24742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24744 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
24745 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
24746 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
24747 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
24748 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
24749 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
24751 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
24753 ;;;***
24755 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24756 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24757 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19005 47394))
24758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24760 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
24761 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24763 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24764 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24765 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24767 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24769 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
24770 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24771 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24772 server.
24774 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24776 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
24777 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24778 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24780 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24782 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
24783 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24784 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24785 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24786 Agent is plugged.
24788 \(fn)" t nil)
24790 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
24791 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24792 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24793 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24795 \(fn)" t nil)
24797 ;;;***
24799 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24800 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19198 52513))
24801 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24803 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
24805 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
24806 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24807 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24808 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24809 supported at a time.
24810 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24811 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24815 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
24816 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24817 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24818 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24820 \(fn)" t nil)
24822 ;;;***
24824 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24825 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19180 20245))
24826 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24828 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
24830 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
24831 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24832 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24833 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24834 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24835 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24837 \(fn)" t nil)
24839 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
24841 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
24842 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24843 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24844 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24846 \(fn)" t nil)
24848 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
24850 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
24851 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24852 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24853 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24854 for example, \"word\".
24856 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24858 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
24860 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
24861 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24863 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24865 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
24867 ;;;***
24869 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19005
24870 ;;;;;; 47402))
24871 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24873 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
24874 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24876 \(fn)" t nil)
24878 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
24879 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24881 \(fn)" nil nil)
24883 ;;;***
24885 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24886 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24887 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24888 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19097
24889 ;;;;;; 14279))
24890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24892 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
24893 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24895 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24896 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24897 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24898 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24899 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24900 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24901 of the current highlighting list.
24903 For example:
24905 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24906 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24908 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24909 `_t' as data types.
24911 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24913 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
24914 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24916 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24917 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24919 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24921 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24922 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24923 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24925 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24927 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24928 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24929 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24930 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24931 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24932 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24933 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24934 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24935 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24937 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24939 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24940 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24941 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24942 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24944 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24945 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24946 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24947 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24949 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24950 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24951 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24953 \(fn)" t nil)
24955 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
24956 Major mode to edit SQL.
24958 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24959 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24960 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24962 \\{sql-mode-map}
24963 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24965 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24966 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24967 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24968 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24969 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24970 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24972 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24973 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24975 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24976 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24977 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24979 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24980 (lambda ()
24981 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24983 \(fn)" t nil)
24985 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
24986 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24988 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24989 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
24991 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24993 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24995 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
24996 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24998 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24999 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25000 `*SQL*'.
25002 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25003 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25004 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25005 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25007 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25008 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25010 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25011 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25012 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25013 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25014 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25015 `default-process-coding-system'.
25017 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25019 \(fn)" t nil)
25021 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25022 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25024 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25025 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25026 `*SQL*'.
25028 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25029 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25030 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25031 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25038 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25041 `default-process-coding-system'.
25043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25045 \(fn)" t nil)
25047 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25048 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25052 `*SQL*'.
25054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25055 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25057 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25058 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25060 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25061 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25062 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25063 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25064 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25065 `default-process-coding-system'.
25067 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25069 \(fn)" t nil)
25071 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25072 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25074 SQLite is free software.
25076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25078 `*SQL*'.
25080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25081 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25082 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25083 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25085 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25088 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25089 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25090 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25091 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25092 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25093 `default-process-coding-system'.
25095 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25097 \(fn)" t nil)
25099 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25100 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25102 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25104 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25105 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25106 `*SQL*'.
25108 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25109 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25110 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25111 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25113 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25114 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25116 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25117 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25118 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25119 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25120 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25121 `default-process-coding-system'.
25123 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25125 \(fn)" t nil)
25127 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25128 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25130 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25131 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25132 `*SQL*'.
25134 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25135 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25136 defaults, if set.
25138 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25139 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25141 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25142 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25143 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25144 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25145 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25146 `default-process-coding-system'.
25148 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25150 \(fn)" t nil)
25152 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25153 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25155 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25156 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25157 `*SQL*'.
25159 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25160 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25162 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25163 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25165 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25166 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25167 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25168 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25169 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25170 `default-process-coding-system'.
25172 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25174 \(fn)" t nil)
25176 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25177 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25179 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25180 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25181 `*SQL*'.
25183 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25184 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25185 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25186 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25188 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25189 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25191 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25192 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25193 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25194 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25195 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25196 `default-process-coding-system'.
25198 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25200 \(fn)" t nil)
25202 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25203 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25205 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25206 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25207 `*SQL*'.
25209 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25210 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25211 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25212 `sql-postgres-options'.
25214 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25215 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25217 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25218 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25219 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25220 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25221 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25222 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25223 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25224 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25226 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25227 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25229 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25231 \(fn)" t nil)
25233 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25234 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25236 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25237 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25238 `*SQL*'.
25240 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25241 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25242 defaults, if set.
25244 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25245 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25247 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25248 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25249 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25250 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25251 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25252 `default-process-coding-system'.
25254 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25258 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25259 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25261 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25262 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25263 `*SQL*'.
25265 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25266 automatic login.
25268 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25269 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25271 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25272 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25273 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25274 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25276 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25277 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25278 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25279 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25280 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25281 `default-process-coding-system'.
25283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25285 \(fn)" t nil)
25287 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25288 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25290 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25291 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25292 `*SQL*'.
25294 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25295 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25296 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25297 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25298 parameters.
25300 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25301 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25302 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25303 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25304 an empty password.
25306 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25307 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25311 \(fn)" t nil)
25313 ;;;***
25315 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25316 ;;;;;; (19179 39399))
25317 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25319 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25320 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25322 \(fn)" t nil)
25324 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25326 ;;;***
25328 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25329 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25330 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25331 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25332 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19200
25333 ;;;;;; 9201))
25334 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25336 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25337 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25338 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25339 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25340 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25341 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25343 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25345 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25347 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25348 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25349 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25350 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25351 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25352 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25353 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25355 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25357 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25358 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25359 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25360 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25361 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25362 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25363 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25365 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25367 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25368 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25369 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25371 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25373 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25374 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25375 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25377 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25379 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25380 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25382 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25384 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25385 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25387 \(fn)" t nil)
25389 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25390 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25392 \(fn)" t nil)
25394 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25395 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25396 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25397 chronologically by command name.
25398 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25400 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25402 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25403 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25404 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25406 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25407 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25409 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25411 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25412 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25413 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25414 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25415 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25416 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25417 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25419 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25420 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25421 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25422 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25424 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25428 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25429 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25430 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25431 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25433 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25435 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25436 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25438 \(fn)" t nil)
25440 ;;;***
25442 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25443 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19106 34049))
25444 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25446 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25447 Studlify-case the region.
25449 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25451 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25452 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25454 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25456 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25457 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25459 \(fn)" t nil)
25461 ;;;***
25463 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25464 ;;;;;; (19221 15539))
25465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25467 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25468 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25469 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25470 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25471 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25472 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25473 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25474 Here are some examples:
25476 Nomenclature Subwords
25477 ===========================================================
25478 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25479 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25480 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25482 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25483 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25484 as words.
25486 \\{subword-mode-map}
25488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25490 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25491 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25492 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25495 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25497 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25499 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25500 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25501 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
25502 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25503 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25507 ;;;***
25509 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25510 ;;;;;; (19184 20069))
25511 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25513 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25514 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25515 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25516 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25517 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25518 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25519 original message but it does require a few things:
25521 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25523 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25524 reply buffer.
25526 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25527 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25528 original message.
25530 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25532 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25534 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25535 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25536 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25538 \(fn)" nil nil)
25540 ;;;***
25542 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19005
25543 ;;;;;; 47386))
25544 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25546 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25548 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25549 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25550 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25553 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25555 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25557 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25558 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25559 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25560 otherwise turn it off.
25562 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25563 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25564 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25568 ;;;***
25570 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19005 47386))
25571 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25573 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25574 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25575 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25576 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25577 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25579 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25581 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25582 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25583 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25584 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25585 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25586 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25587 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25589 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25591 ;;;***
25593 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25594 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25595 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25596 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25597 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25598 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25599 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25600 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25601 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25602 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25603 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25604 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25605 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19144 43850))
25606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25608 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25609 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25610 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25612 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25614 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25615 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25617 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25619 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25620 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25622 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25624 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25625 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25627 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25629 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25630 Insert an editable text table.
25631 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25632 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25633 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25634 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25635 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25636 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25637 delimiting them.
25639 Examples:
25641 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25643 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25644 location of point.
25648 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25649 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25650 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25651 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25652 first cell.
25654 +-----+-----+-----+
25655 |-!- | | |
25656 +-----+-----+-----+
25658 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25660 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25661 width, which results as
25663 +--------------+-----+-----+
25664 |-!- | | |
25665 +--------------+-----+-----+
25667 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25668 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25671 | | |-!- |
25672 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25674 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25675 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25676 width information to `table-insert'.
25678 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25680 instead of
25682 Cell width(s): 5
25684 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25685 work all together.
25687 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25688 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25691 |-!- | | |
25692 | | | |
25693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25695 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25697 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25698 |-!- | | |
25699 | | | |
25700 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25701 | | | |
25702 | | | |
25703 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25705 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25708 | | | |
25709 | | | |
25710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25711 | | | |
25712 | | | |
25713 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25716 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25717 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25718 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25720 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25721 | | | |
25722 | | | |
25723 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25724 | | | |
25725 | | | |
25726 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25727 |-!- | | |
25728 | | | |
25729 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25731 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25732 results.
25734 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25735 | | | |
25736 | | | |
25737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25738 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25739 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25740 | | |expected results.-!- |
25741 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25742 | | | |
25743 | | | |
25744 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25746 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25748 \\{table-cell-map}
25750 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25752 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
25753 Insert N table row(s).
25754 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25755 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25756 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25757 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25759 \(fn N)" t nil)
25761 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
25762 Insert N table column(s).
25763 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25764 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25765 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25766 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25768 \(fn N)" t nil)
25770 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
25771 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25772 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25774 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25776 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
25777 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25778 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25779 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25780 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25781 all the table specific features.
25783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25785 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
25786 Not documented
25788 \(fn)" t nil)
25790 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
25791 Recognize all tables within region.
25792 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25793 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25794 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25795 specific features.
25797 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25799 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
25800 Not documented
25802 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25804 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
25805 Recognize a table at point.
25806 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25807 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25808 the table specific features.
25810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25812 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
25813 Not documented
25815 \(fn)" t nil)
25817 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
25818 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25819 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25820 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25821 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25822 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25823 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25825 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25827 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
25828 Not documented
25830 \(fn)" t nil)
25832 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
25833 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25834 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25835 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25836 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25837 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25838 specified.
25840 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25842 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
25843 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25844 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25845 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25846 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25847 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25848 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25849 table structure.
25851 \(fn N)" t nil)
25853 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
25854 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25855 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25856 table's rectangle structure.
25858 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25860 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
25861 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25862 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25863 table's rectangle structure.
25865 \(fn N)" t nil)
25867 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
25868 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25869 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25870 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25871 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25873 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25875 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25876 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25877 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25879 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25880 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25881 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25882 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25883 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25884 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25885 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25887 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25888 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25889 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25890 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25891 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25892 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25893 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25895 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25896 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25897 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25898 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25899 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25900 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25901 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25902 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25904 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25906 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
25907 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25908 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25909 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25913 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
25914 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25915 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25917 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25919 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
25920 Split current cell vertically.
25921 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25923 \(fn)" t nil)
25925 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
25926 Split current cell horizontally.
25927 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25929 \(fn)" t nil)
25931 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
25932 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25933 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25935 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25937 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
25938 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25939 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25940 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25942 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25944 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
25945 Justify cell contents.
25946 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25947 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25948 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25949 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25951 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25953 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
25954 Justify cells of a row.
25955 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25956 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25958 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25960 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
25961 Justify cells of a column.
25962 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25963 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25965 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25967 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
25968 Toggle fixing width mode.
25969 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25970 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25971 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25975 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
25976 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25977 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25978 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25979 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25980 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25981 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25982 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25983 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25984 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25985 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25987 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25989 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
25990 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25991 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25992 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25993 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25994 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25995 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25996 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25997 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25998 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25999 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26000 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26001 untouched.
26003 References used for this implementation:
26005 HTML:
26006 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26008 LaTeX:
26009 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26011 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26012 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26013 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26015 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26017 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26018 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26019 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26020 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26021 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26022 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26023 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26024 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26025 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26026 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26027 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26028 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26029 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26030 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26031 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26032 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26033 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26035 Example:
26037 (progn
26038 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26039 (table-forward-cell 15)
26040 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26041 (table-forward-cell 16)
26042 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26043 (table-forward-cell 1)
26044 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26046 (progn
26047 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26048 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26049 (table-forward-cell 1)
26050 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26052 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26054 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26055 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26056 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26057 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26058 consists from cells of same height.
26060 \(fn N)" t nil)
26062 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26063 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26064 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26065 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26066 column must consists from cells of same width.
26068 \(fn N)" t nil)
26070 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26071 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26072 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26073 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26074 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26075 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26076 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26077 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26078 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26079 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26080 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26081 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26082 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26083 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26084 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26087 Example 1:
26089 1, 2, 3, 4
26090 5, 6, 7, 8
26091 , 9, 10
26093 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26094 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26095 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26096 specified as 5.
26098 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26099 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26100 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26101 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26102 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26103 | | 9 | 10 | |
26104 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26106 Note:
26108 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26109 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26110 of each row is optional.
26113 Example 2:
26115 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26116 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26117 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26118 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26119 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26121 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26122 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26124 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26125 expression and raw delimiter regular
26126 expression, it parses the specified text
26127 area and extracts cell items from
26128 non-table text and then forms a table out
26129 of them.
26131 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26132 creates a single cell table. The text in
26133 the specified region is placed in that
26134 cell.-*-
26136 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26137 like this.
26139 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26140 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26141 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26143 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26144 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26145 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26146 | area and extracts cell items from |
26147 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26148 | of them. |
26150 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26151 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26152 | the specified region is placed in that |
26153 | cell. |
26154 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26156 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26157 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26158 independently.
26160 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26161 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26162 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26163 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26164 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26165 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26166 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26167 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26168 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26169 | |of them. |
26170 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26171 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26172 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26173 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26174 | |cell. |
26175 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26177 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26178 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26179 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26181 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26183 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26184 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26185 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26186 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26187 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26189 \(fn)" t nil)
26191 ;;;***
26193 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19005 47386))
26194 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26196 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26197 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26199 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26201 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26202 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26204 \(fn)" t nil)
26206 ;;;***
26208 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19189 47543))
26209 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26211 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26212 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26213 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26214 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26215 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26216 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26217 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26219 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26220 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26221 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26222 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26224 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26225 \\{tar-mode-map}
26227 \(fn)" t nil)
26229 ;;;***
26231 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26232 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19005 47404))
26233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26235 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26236 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26237 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26238 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26239 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26240 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26242 Variables controlling indentation style:
26243 `tcl-indent-level'
26244 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26245 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26246 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26248 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26249 documentation for details):
26250 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26251 Controls action of TAB key.
26252 `tcl-auto-newline'
26253 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26254 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26255 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26256 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26257 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26259 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26260 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26261 already exist.
26263 Commands:
26264 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26266 \(fn)" t nil)
26268 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26269 Run inferior Tcl process.
26270 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26271 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26273 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26275 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26276 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26277 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26279 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26281 ;;;***
26283 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19196 37075))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26285 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26287 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26288 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26289 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26290 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26292 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26293 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26294 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26295 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26296 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26298 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26299 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26301 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26302 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26303 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26304 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26306 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26308 ;;;***
26310 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26311 ;;;;;; (19225 50226))
26312 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26314 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26315 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26316 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26317 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26318 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26319 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26321 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26323 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26324 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26325 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26326 commands to use in that buffer.
26328 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26330 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26332 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26333 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26335 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26337 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26338 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26339 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26340 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26341 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26342 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26343 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26344 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26345 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26346 use in that buffer.
26347 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26349 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26351 ;;;***
26353 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19198
26354 ;;;;;; 52513))
26355 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26357 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26358 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26359 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26360 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26361 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26362 program as keyboard input.
26364 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26365 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26366 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26367 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26369 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26370 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26371 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26372 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26373 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26375 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26377 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26378 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26379 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26380 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26382 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26383 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26384 subprocess started.
26386 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26388 ;;;***
26390 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26391 ;;;;;; (19005 47390))
26392 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26394 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26395 Start coverage on function under point.
26397 \(fn)" t nil)
26399 ;;;***
26401 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19106 34049))
26402 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26404 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26405 Play the Tetris game.
26406 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26407 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26408 as to form complete rows.
26410 tetris-mode keybindings:
26411 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26412 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26413 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26414 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26415 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26416 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26417 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26418 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26419 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26421 \(fn)" t nil)
26423 ;;;***
26425 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26426 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26427 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26428 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26429 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26430 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26431 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26432 ;;;;;; (19229 39179))
26433 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26435 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26436 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26438 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26440 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26441 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26442 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26443 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26444 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26446 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26448 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26449 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26450 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26451 if it matches the first line of the file,
26452 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26454 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26456 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26457 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26458 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26459 if the variable is non-nil.")
26461 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26463 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26464 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26466 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26468 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26469 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26470 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26471 See the documentation of that variable.")
26473 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26475 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26476 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26477 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26478 See the documentation of that variable.")
26480 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26482 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26483 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26484 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26485 See the documentation of that variable.")
26487 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26489 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26490 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26491 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26492 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26493 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26495 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26497 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26498 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26499 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26500 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26502 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26504 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26505 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26506 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26508 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26510 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26511 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26512 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26513 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26515 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26517 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26518 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26519 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26520 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26522 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26524 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26525 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26526 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26527 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26529 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26530 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26531 for example,
26533 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26534 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26536 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26537 use.")
26539 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26541 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26542 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26543 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26544 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26545 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26547 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26549 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26551 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26552 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26553 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26555 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26557 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26558 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26559 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26560 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26561 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26563 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26565 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26566 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26568 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26570 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26571 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26573 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26575 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26576 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26577 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26578 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26579 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26580 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26581 says which mode to use.
26583 \(fn)" t nil)
26585 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26587 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26589 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26591 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26592 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26593 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26594 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26595 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26597 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26598 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26599 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26600 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26601 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26602 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26603 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26605 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26606 mismatched $'s or braces.
26608 Special commands:
26609 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26611 Mode variables:
26612 tex-run-command
26613 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26614 tex-directory
26615 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26616 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26617 tex-dvi-print-command
26618 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26619 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26620 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26621 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26622 tex-dvi-view-command
26623 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26624 tex-show-queue-command
26625 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26626 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26628 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26629 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26630 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26632 \(fn)" t nil)
26634 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26635 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26636 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26637 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26638 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26640 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26641 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26642 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26643 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26644 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26645 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26646 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26648 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26649 mismatched $'s or braces.
26651 Special commands:
26652 \\{latex-mode-map}
26654 Mode variables:
26655 latex-run-command
26656 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26657 tex-directory
26658 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26659 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26660 tex-dvi-print-command
26661 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26662 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26663 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26664 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26665 tex-dvi-view-command
26666 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26667 tex-show-queue-command
26668 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26669 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26671 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26672 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26673 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26675 \(fn)" t nil)
26677 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26678 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26679 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26680 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26681 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26683 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26684 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26685 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26686 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26687 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26688 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26689 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26691 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26692 mismatched $'s or braces.
26694 Special commands:
26695 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26697 Mode variables:
26698 slitex-run-command
26699 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26700 tex-directory
26701 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26702 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26703 tex-dvi-print-command
26704 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26705 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26706 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26707 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26708 tex-dvi-view-command
26709 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26710 tex-show-queue-command
26711 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26712 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26714 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26715 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26716 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26717 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26719 \(fn)" t nil)
26721 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26722 Not documented
26724 \(fn)" nil nil)
26726 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26727 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26729 \(fn)" t nil)
26731 ;;;***
26733 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26734 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19143 36132))
26735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26737 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
26738 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26739 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26740 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26742 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26743 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
26744 `Info-split' to do these manually.
26746 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26748 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
26749 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26750 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26751 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26752 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26754 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26756 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
26757 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26758 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26759 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26761 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26762 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26763 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26764 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26766 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26767 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
26769 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26771 ;;;***
26773 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26774 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19196 37076))
26775 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26777 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26778 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26780 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
26782 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26783 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26785 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
26787 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
26788 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26790 It has these extra commands:
26791 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26793 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26794 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26795 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26796 modified version of TeX input format.
26798 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26799 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26800 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26801 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26803 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26804 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26805 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26806 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26807 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26808 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26809 in the Texinfo file.
26811 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26812 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26813 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26814 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26815 move forward past the closing brace.
26817 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26818 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26820 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26821 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26822 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26824 Here are the functions:
26826 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26827 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26828 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26830 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26831 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26832 texinfo-master-menu
26834 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26836 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26837 which menu descriptions are indented.
26839 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26840 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26841 in the region.
26843 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26844 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26845 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26846 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26848 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26849 be the first node in the file.
26851 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26852 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26854 \(fn)" t nil)
26856 ;;;***
26858 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
26859 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26860 ;;;;;; (19005 47397))
26861 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26863 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
26864 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26865 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26866 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26868 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26870 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
26871 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26873 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26875 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
26876 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26878 \(fn)" t nil)
26880 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
26881 Not documented
26883 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
26885 ;;;***
26887 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26888 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26889 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19005 47386))
26890 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26892 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
26893 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26895 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26897 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26898 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26899 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26900 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26901 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26903 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26904 a symbol as a valid THING.
26906 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26907 of the textual entity that was found.
26909 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26911 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26912 Return the THING at point.
26913 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26914 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26915 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26917 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26918 a symbol as a valid THING.
26920 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26922 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26923 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
26925 \(fn)" nil nil)
26927 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26928 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
26930 \(fn)" nil nil)
26932 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26933 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
26935 \(fn)" nil nil)
26937 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26938 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
26940 \(fn)" nil nil)
26942 ;;;***
26944 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26945 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26946 ;;;;;; (19005 47386))
26947 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26949 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
26950 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26952 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26954 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
26955 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26956 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26957 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26959 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26961 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
26962 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26964 \(fn)" t nil)
26966 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
26967 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26969 \(fn)" t nil)
26971 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
26973 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
26974 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26976 \(fn)" t nil)
26978 ;;;***
26980 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26981 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26982 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
26983 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
26984 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19005
26985 ;;;;;; 47397))
26986 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26988 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
26989 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26990 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26992 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26994 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
26995 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26997 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26999 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27000 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27001 The returned string has no composition information.
27003 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27005 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27006 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27008 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27010 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27011 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27013 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27015 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27016 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27017 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27018 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27020 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27022 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27023 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27024 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27025 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27027 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27029 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27030 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27031 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27033 \(fn)" t nil)
27035 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27036 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27037 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27039 \(fn)" t nil)
27041 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27042 Not documented
27044 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27046 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27047 Not documented
27049 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27051 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27052 Not documented
27054 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27056 ;;;***
27058 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27059 ;;;;;; (19005 47406))
27060 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27062 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27063 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27064 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27065 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27066 parameters.
27067 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27069 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27071 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27072 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27073 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27074 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27075 parameters.
27076 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27078 \(fn)" t nil)
27080 ;;;***
27082 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27083 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27084 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19143 36129))
27085 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27087 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27088 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27090 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27091 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27093 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27094 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27095 This display updates automatically every minute.
27096 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27097 are displayed as well.
27098 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27100 \(fn)" t nil)
27102 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27103 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27104 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27107 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27109 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27111 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27112 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27113 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27115 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27116 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27117 are displayed as well.
27118 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27122 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27123 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27124 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27125 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27127 \(fn)" t nil)
27129 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27130 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27131 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27132 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27134 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27136 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27137 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27139 \(fn)" t nil)
27141 ;;;***
27143 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27144 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27145 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27146 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27147 ;;;;;; (19114 58213))
27148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27150 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27151 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27153 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27154 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27155 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27156 (progn
27157 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27158 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27159 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27161 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27162 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27164 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27166 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27167 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27169 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27171 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27172 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27174 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27176 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27177 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27178 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27180 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27182 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27184 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27185 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27186 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27188 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27190 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27191 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27193 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27195 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27196 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27197 DATE should be a date-time string.
27199 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27201 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27202 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27203 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27205 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27207 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27208 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27210 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27212 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27213 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27215 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27217 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27218 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27219 TIME should be a time value.
27220 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27222 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27224 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27225 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27226 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27228 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27230 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27231 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27232 The valid format specifiers are:
27233 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27234 %d is the number of days.
27235 %h is the number of hours.
27236 %m is the number of minutes.
27237 %s is the number of seconds.
27238 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27239 %% is a literal \"%\".
27241 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27242 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27244 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27245 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27246 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27248 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27249 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27250 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27252 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27254 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27256 ;;;***
27258 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27259 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19198 52513))
27260 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27261 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27262 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27263 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27264 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27265 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27266 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27267 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27268 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27270 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27271 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27272 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27273 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27274 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27275 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27276 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27277 look like one of the following:
27278 Time-stamp: <>
27279 Time-stamp: \" \"
27280 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27281 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27282 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27283 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27284 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27285 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27286 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27287 the template.
27289 \(fn)" t nil)
27291 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27292 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27293 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27297 ;;;***
27299 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27300 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27301 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27302 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27303 ;;;;;; (19143 36129))
27304 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27306 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27307 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27308 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27309 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27310 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27311 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27312 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27313 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27314 display (non-nil means on).
27316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27318 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27319 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27320 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27321 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27322 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27323 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27324 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27325 this function is called within a day.
27327 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27328 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27329 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27330 discover the name of the project.
27332 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27334 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27335 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27336 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27337 begun during the last time segment.
27339 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27340 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27341 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27342 discover the reason.
27344 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27346 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27347 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27348 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27349 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27350 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27352 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27354 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27355 Change to working on a different project.
27356 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27357 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27358 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27359 working on.
27361 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27363 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27364 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27365 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27367 \(fn)" nil nil)
27369 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27370 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27371 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27373 \(fn)" t nil)
27375 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27376 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27377 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27378 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27379 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27380 \"relative to today\".
27382 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27384 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27385 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27386 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27387 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27389 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27391 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27392 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27393 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27394 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27395 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27396 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27398 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27400 ;;;***
27402 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27403 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19180 20243))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27406 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27407 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27408 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27409 the generated Quail package is saved.
27411 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27413 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27414 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27415 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27416 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27417 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27418 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27419 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27421 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27423 ;;;***
27425 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27426 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19005 47386))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27428 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27429 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27431 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27432 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27433 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27434 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27435 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27437 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27439 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27440 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27441 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27442 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27443 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27445 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27447 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27448 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27449 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27450 in the menu in two ways:
27451 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27452 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27453 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27455 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27456 keymap or an alist of alists.
27457 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27458 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27460 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27462 ;;;***
27464 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27465 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27466 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19185 39868))
27467 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27469 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27470 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27472 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27474 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27475 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27477 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27479 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27480 Insert new TODO list entry.
27481 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27482 category.
27484 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27486 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27487 List top priorities for each category.
27489 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27490 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27492 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27493 between each category.
27494 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27496 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27498 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27499 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27500 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27501 between each category.
27503 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27505 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27507 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27508 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27510 \\{todo-mode-map}
27512 \(fn)" t nil)
27514 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27515 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27517 \(fn)" nil nil)
27519 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27520 Show TODO list.
27522 \(fn)" t nil)
27524 ;;;***
27526 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27527 ;;;;;; (19225 50226))
27528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27530 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27531 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27532 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27535 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27537 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27539 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27540 TPU/edt emulation.
27542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27544 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27546 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27547 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27549 \(fn)" t nil)
27551 ;;;***
27553 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27554 ;;;;;; (19005 47390))
27555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27557 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27558 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27560 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27561 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27562 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27563 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27564 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27566 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27567 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27568 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27569 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27570 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27572 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27573 (tpu-edt)
27575 Known Problems:
27577 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27578 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27579 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27580 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27581 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27582 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27584 \(fn)" t nil)
27586 ;;;***
27588 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19005 47390))
27589 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27591 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27592 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27593 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27594 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27595 to a tcp server on another machine.
27597 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27599 ;;;***
27601 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27602 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19188 27683))
27603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27605 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27606 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27608 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27610 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27611 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27612 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27613 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27614 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27615 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27616 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27617 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27619 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27621 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27622 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27623 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27624 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27625 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27626 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27627 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27628 the window or buffer configuration.
27630 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27632 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27634 ;;;***
27636 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27637 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27638 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
27639 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19229 9676))
27640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27642 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27643 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
27644 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27646 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27648 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27649 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27651 It can have the following values:
27653 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
27654 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
27655 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
27657 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
27659 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
27660 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27661 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27662 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27664 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27665 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27666 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27667 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27669 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
27670 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27671 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27673 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27674 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
27675 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
27676 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27677 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27678 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27679 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
27680 files which are not really Tramp files.
27682 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27683 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27684 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27685 updated after changing this variable.
27687 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27689 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
27690 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
27691 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
27692 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
27694 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
27695 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27696 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
27697 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27699 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
27700 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27701 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27702 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27704 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
27705 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27706 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27708 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27709 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
27710 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
27712 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27713 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27714 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27715 updated after changing this variable.
27717 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27719 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
27720 Alist of completion handler functions.
27721 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27722 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27723 normal Emacs functions.")
27725 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27726 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27727 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27728 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27730 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27731 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27732 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27733 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27735 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
27736 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27737 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
27739 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27741 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27742 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
27743 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27745 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27746 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
27747 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
27749 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
27750 Not documented
27752 \(fn)" nil nil)
27754 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
27755 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
27757 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27759 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
27760 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
27762 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27764 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
27765 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27767 \(fn)" t nil)
27769 ;;;***
27771 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27772 ;;;;;; (19143 36131))
27773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27775 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
27776 Not documented
27778 \(fn)" nil nil)
27780 ;;;***
27782 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19143
27783 ;;;;;; 36129))
27784 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27786 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
27787 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27788 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27789 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27790 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27791 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27792 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27793 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27795 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27796 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27797 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27799 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27800 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27801 resumed later.
27803 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27805 ;;;***
27807 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
27808 ;;;;;; (18785 31990))
27809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
27811 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
27812 Not documented
27814 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27816 ;;;***
27818 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27819 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19180 20245))
27820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27821 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27822 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27823 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27825 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
27826 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27827 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27828 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27829 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27830 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27831 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27833 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27835 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
27836 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27837 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27838 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27840 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27842 \(fn)" t nil)
27844 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
27845 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27846 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27847 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27848 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27849 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27850 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27852 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27853 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27855 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27856 \\___/\\
27857 / \\
27858 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27860 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27862 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27864 ;;;***
27866 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27867 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27868 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27869 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27870 ;;;;;; (19198 52513))
27871 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27873 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27874 Toggle typing break mode.
27875 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27877 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27879 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
27881 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27882 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27884 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
27886 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27887 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27889 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27890 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27891 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27893 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27894 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27896 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
27898 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27899 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27901 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27902 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27903 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27904 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27906 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
27908 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27909 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27910 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27912 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27913 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27914 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27915 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27916 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27917 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27919 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27920 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27921 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27922 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27924 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27925 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27927 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27928 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27930 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
27932 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
27933 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27934 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27936 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27937 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27938 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27939 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27940 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27941 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27942 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27944 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27945 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27947 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27948 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27949 reset the keystroke counter.
27951 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27952 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27953 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27954 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27956 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27957 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27958 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27959 `type-break-schedule' command.
27961 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27962 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27963 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27964 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27965 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27966 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27967 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27968 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27969 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27971 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27972 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27973 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27974 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27975 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27977 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27978 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27979 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27980 approximate good values for this.
27982 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27983 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27985 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27986 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27987 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27988 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27989 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27990 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27992 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27993 a typing break occur. They include:
27995 `type-break-query-mode'
27996 `type-break-query-function'
27997 `type-break-query-interval'
27999 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28001 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28002 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28003 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28004 problems.
28006 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28008 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28009 Take a typing break.
28011 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28012 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28014 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28015 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28017 \(fn)" t nil)
28019 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28020 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28021 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28022 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28024 \(fn)" t nil)
28026 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28027 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28029 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28030 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28031 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28032 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28033 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28034 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28035 average typing speed.)
28037 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28038 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28039 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28040 the computed maximum threshold.
28042 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28043 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28044 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28045 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28046 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28048 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28050 ;;;***
28052 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19141 520))
28053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28055 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28056 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28057 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28058 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28059 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28061 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28063 ;;;***
28065 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28066 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28067 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28068 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28069 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28070 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19159 50555))
28071 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28073 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28074 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28076 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28078 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28079 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28081 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28083 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28084 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28086 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28088 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28089 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28091 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28093 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28094 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28096 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28098 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28099 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28101 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28103 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28104 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28106 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28108 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28109 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28111 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28113 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28114 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28116 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28118 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28119 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28121 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28123 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28124 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28126 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28128 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28129 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28131 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28133 ;;;***
28135 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28136 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19005 47406))
28137 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28139 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28140 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28141 Works by overstriking underscores.
28142 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28143 which specify the range to operate on.
28145 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28147 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28148 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28149 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28150 which specify the range to operate on.
28152 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28154 ;;;***
28156 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28157 ;;;;;; (19097 14266))
28158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28160 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28161 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28162 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28163 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28164 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28165 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28167 \(fn)" nil nil)
28169 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28170 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28172 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28174 ;;;***
28176 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19005
28177 ;;;;;; 47390))
28178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28180 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28181 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28182 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28183 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28185 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28187 ;;;***
28189 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28190 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19005 47406))
28191 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28193 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28194 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28195 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28197 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28198 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28199 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28200 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28201 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28202 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28204 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28205 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28206 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28208 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28209 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28210 the callback is not called).
28212 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28213 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28214 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28215 take effect.
28217 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28219 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28220 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28221 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28222 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28223 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28225 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28227 ;;;***
28229 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28230 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19005 47406))
28231 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28233 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28234 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28235 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28237 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28238 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28239 `url-generic-parse-url'
28240 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28241 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28242 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28243 realm
28244 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28245 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28246 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28247 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28248 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28249 what type of auth to use
28250 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28251 if one cannot be found in the cache
28253 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28255 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28256 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28258 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28259 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28260 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28261 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28262 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28263 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28264 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28265 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28267 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28269 ;;;***
28271 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28272 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19005
28273 ;;;;;; 47406))
28274 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28276 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28277 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28279 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28281 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28282 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28284 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28286 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28287 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28289 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28291 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28292 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28294 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28296 ;;;***
28298 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19184 20069))
28299 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28301 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28302 Not documented
28304 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28306 ;;;***
28308 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28309 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19005 47406))
28310 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28312 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28313 Not documented
28315 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28317 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28318 Not documented
28320 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28322 ;;;***
28324 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19116
28325 ;;;;;; 21922))
28326 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28328 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28329 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28331 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28333 ;;;***
28335 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28336 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19005 47406))
28337 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28339 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28340 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28342 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28344 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28345 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28346 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28347 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28348 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28350 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28352 ;;;***
28354 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28355 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28356 ;;;;;; (19117 25061))
28357 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28359 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28360 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28361 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28363 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28364 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28366 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28368 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28369 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28373 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28374 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28375 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28376 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28378 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28380 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28381 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28382 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28383 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28384 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28385 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28386 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28387 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28388 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28389 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28391 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28393 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28394 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28395 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28396 accessible.
28398 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28400 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28401 Not documented
28403 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28405 ;;;***
28407 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28408 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19190 22406))
28409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28411 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28412 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28413 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28414 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28415 CBARGS as the arguments.
28417 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28419 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28420 Not documented
28422 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28424 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28426 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28427 Not documented
28429 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28431 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28432 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28433 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28435 Property list members:
28437 methods
28438 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28439 supports.
28442 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28443 supported.
28445 dasl
28446 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28448 ranges
28449 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28452 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28453 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28454 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28455 Emacs/W3.
28457 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28459 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28460 Default HTTPS port.")
28462 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28463 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28464 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28466 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28467 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28468 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28469 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28470 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28472 ;;;***
28474 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19005 47406))
28475 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28477 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28478 Not documented
28480 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28482 ;;;***
28484 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19184
28485 ;;;;;; 20069))
28486 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28488 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28489 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28490 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28491 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28492 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28496 ;;;***
28498 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28499 ;;;;;; (19005 47406))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28502 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28503 Not documented
28505 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28507 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28508 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28510 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28512 ;;;***
28514 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28515 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19005 47406))
28516 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28518 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28519 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28523 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28524 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28526 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28528 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28529 Not documented
28531 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28533 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28535 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28537 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28539 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28540 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28542 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28544 ;;;***
28546 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28547 ;;;;;; (19005 47406))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28550 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28551 Not documented
28553 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28555 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28556 Not documented
28558 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28560 ;;;***
28562 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28563 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28564 ;;;;;; (19005 47406))
28565 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28567 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28568 Not documented
28570 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28572 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28573 Not documented
28575 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28577 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28578 Not documented
28580 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28582 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28583 Not documented
28585 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28587 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28588 Not documented
28590 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28592 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28593 Not documented
28595 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28597 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28598 Not documented
28600 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28602 ;;;***
28604 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28605 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19217 31367))
28606 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28608 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28609 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28611 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28613 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28614 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28615 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28616 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28618 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28620 ;;;***
28622 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28623 ;;;;;; (19097 14280))
28624 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28626 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28627 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28629 \(fn)" t nil)
28631 ;;;***
28633 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28634 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28635 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28636 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28637 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28638 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28639 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19184 20069))
28640 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28642 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28643 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28644 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28646 If t, all messages will be logged.
28647 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28648 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28650 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28652 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28653 Not documented
28655 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28657 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28658 Not documented
28660 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28662 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28663 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28664 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28665 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28666 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28667 & ==> &amp;
28668 < ==> &lt;
28669 > ==> &gt;
28670 \" ==> &quot;
28672 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28674 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28675 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28676 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28678 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28680 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28681 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28682 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28684 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28686 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28687 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28689 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28691 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
28692 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28694 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28696 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
28697 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28699 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28701 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
28702 Not documented
28704 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28706 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
28707 Not documented
28709 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28711 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
28712 Not documented
28714 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28716 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
28718 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
28719 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
28721 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28723 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
28724 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
28726 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28728 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
28729 Not documented
28731 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28733 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
28734 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
28735 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28736 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28737 forbidden in URL encoding.
28739 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28741 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
28742 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28743 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28744 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28745 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28746 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28748 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28750 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
28751 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28752 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
28753 of the file with the extension stripped off.
28755 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28757 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
28758 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
28759 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28761 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28763 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
28764 View the current document's URL.
28765 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28766 the minibuffer.
28768 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28770 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28772 ;;;***
28774 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28775 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19198 52513))
28776 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28778 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
28779 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28780 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28781 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28782 to refrain from editing the file
28783 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28784 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28785 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28786 in any way you like.
28788 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28790 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
28791 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28792 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28793 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28794 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28796 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28797 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28799 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28801 ;;;***
28803 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
28804 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
28805 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19005 47396))
28806 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28808 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
28809 Not documented
28811 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28813 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
28814 Not documented
28816 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28818 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
28819 Not documented
28821 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28823 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
28824 Not documented
28826 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28828 ;;;***
28830 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28831 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
28832 ;;;;;; (18785 31998))
28833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
28835 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
28836 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28837 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28838 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28840 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28842 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
28843 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28844 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28846 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28848 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
28849 Uudecode region between START and END.
28850 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28852 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28854 ;;;***
28856 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28857 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
28858 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
28859 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
28860 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
28861 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
28862 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19229 9676))
28863 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28865 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28866 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28867 See `run-hooks'.")
28869 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
28871 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28872 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
28873 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28875 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
28877 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28878 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
28879 See `run-hooks'.")
28881 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
28883 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
28884 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
28885 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
28887 For locking systems:
28888 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
28889 control.
28890 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28891 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
28892 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28893 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
28894 it performs a revert on that file.
28895 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28896 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28897 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28898 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28899 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
28900 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
28901 given the option to steal the lock(s).
28903 For merging systems:
28904 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
28905 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
28906 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
28907 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
28908 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28909 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28910 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28911 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28912 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28914 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28916 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
28917 Register into a version control system.
28918 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
28919 Otherwise register the current file.
28920 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
28921 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28923 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28924 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28925 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28926 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28927 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28928 first backend that could register the file is used.
28930 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
28932 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
28933 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
28935 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
28937 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
28938 Display diffs between file revisions.
28939 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
28940 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
28941 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
28943 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28944 saving the buffer.
28946 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28948 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
28949 Display diffs between file revisions.
28950 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
28951 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
28952 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
28954 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28955 saving the buffer.
28957 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28959 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
28960 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
28961 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
28962 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28964 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28966 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
28967 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28968 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28969 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28971 \(fn)" t nil)
28973 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
28974 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
28975 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28976 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28977 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28978 from the current branch.
28980 See Info node `Merging'.
28982 \(fn)" t nil)
28984 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
28986 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
28987 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
28988 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
28989 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
28990 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
28991 checked out in that new branch.
28993 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28995 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
28996 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
28997 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
28998 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28999 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29000 allowed and simply skipped).
29002 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29004 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29005 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29006 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29008 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29010 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29011 List the change log of for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29013 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29015 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29016 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29017 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29018 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29020 \(fn)" t nil)
29022 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29023 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29024 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29025 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29027 \(fn)" t nil)
29029 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29031 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29032 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29033 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29034 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29035 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29036 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29038 \(fn)" t nil)
29040 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29041 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29042 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29043 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29044 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29045 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29046 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29048 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29050 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29051 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29052 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29053 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29054 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29055 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29056 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29057 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29058 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29060 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29062 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29063 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29065 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29067 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29068 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29070 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29072 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29073 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29074 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29075 directory.
29077 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29079 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29080 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29081 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29083 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29084 log entries should be gathered.
29086 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29088 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29089 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29091 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29093 ;;;***
29095 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19229
29096 ;;;;;; 9675))
29097 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29099 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29100 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29102 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29103 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29104 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29105 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29106 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29107 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29109 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29110 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29111 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29112 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29113 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29114 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29115 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29116 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29118 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29120 Customization variables:
29122 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29123 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29124 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29125 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29127 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29129 ;;;***
29131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19097 14262))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29133 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29134 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29135 (progn
29136 (load "vc-arch")
29137 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29139 ;;;***
29141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19229 10848))
29142 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29144 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29145 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29147 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29148 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29149 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29150 (progn
29151 (load "vc-bzr")
29152 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29154 ;;;***
29156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19229 9675))
29157 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29158 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29159 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29160 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29161 (load "vc-cvs")
29162 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29164 ;;;***
29166 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19225 50226))
29167 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29169 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29170 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29171 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29172 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29173 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29175 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29176 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29177 The file lines appear later.
29179 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29180 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29182 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29184 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29186 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29188 ;;;***
29190 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29191 ;;;;;; (19141 519))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29194 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29195 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29196 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29197 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29198 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29199 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29200 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29201 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29202 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29203 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29204 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29205 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29206 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29207 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29208 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29210 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29212 ;;;***
29214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19230 33262))
29215 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29216 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29217 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29218 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29219 (progn
29220 (load "vc-git")
29221 (vc-git-registered file))))
29223 ;;;***
29225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19229 9675))
29226 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29227 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29228 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29229 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29230 (progn
29231 (load "vc-hg")
29232 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29234 ;;;***
29236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19230 33262))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29239 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29241 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29242 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29243 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29244 (progn
29245 (load "vc-mtn")
29246 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29248 ;;;***
29250 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29251 ;;;;;; (19229 9676))
29252 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29254 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29255 Where to look for RCS master files.
29256 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29258 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29260 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29262 ;;;***
29264 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29265 ;;;;;; (19229 9676))
29266 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29268 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29269 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29270 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29272 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29273 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29275 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29276 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29277 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29278 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29280 ;;;***
29282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19229 9676))
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29284 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29285 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29286 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29287 "_svn")
29288 (t ".svn"))))
29289 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29290 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29291 (file-name-directory f)))
29292 (load "vc-svn")
29293 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29295 ;;;***
29297 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29298 ;;;;;; (19196 37076))
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29302 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29303 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29305 Usage:
29306 ------
29308 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29309 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29310 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29311 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29313 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29314 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29315 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29316 completions.
29318 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29319 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29321 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29322 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29324 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29325 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29326 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29328 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29331 Maintenance:
29332 ------------
29334 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29335 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29337 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29339 Official distribution is at
29340 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29343 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29344 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29346 Key bindings:
29347 -------------
29349 \\{vera-mode-map}
29351 \(fn)" t nil)
29353 ;;;***
29355 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29356 ;;;;;; (19217 31367))
29357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29359 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29360 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29361 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29362 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29363 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29365 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29367 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29368 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29370 Supports highlighting.
29372 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29373 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29375 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29377 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29378 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29379 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29380 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29381 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29382 on the left side of your screen.
29383 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29384 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29385 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29386 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29387 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29388 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29389 function keyword.
29390 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29391 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29392 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29393 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29394 if (a)
29395 begin
29396 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29397 Indentation for case statements.
29398 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29399 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29400 mark after an end.
29401 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29402 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29403 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29404 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29405 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29406 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29407 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29408 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29409 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29410 if (a)
29411 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29412 otherwise you get:
29413 if (a)
29414 begin
29415 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29416 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29417 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29418 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29419 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29420 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29421 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29422 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29423 comments in tight quarters.
29424 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29425 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29427 Variables controlling other actions:
29429 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29430 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29431 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29433 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29435 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29437 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29438 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29439 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29441 Some other functions are:
29443 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29444 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29445 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29446 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29447 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29449 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29450 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29451 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29452 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29454 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29455 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29456 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29457 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29458 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29459 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29460 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29461 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29462 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29463 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29464 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29465 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29466 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29467 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29468 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29469 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29470 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29471 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29472 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29473 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29474 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29475 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29476 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29477 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29478 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29479 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29480 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29481 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29483 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29484 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29486 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29488 \(fn)" t nil)
29490 ;;;***
29492 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29493 ;;;;;; (19097 14279))
29494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29496 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29497 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29499 Usage:
29500 ------
29502 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29503 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29504 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29505 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29506 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29507 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29508 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29509 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29510 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29512 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29513 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29514 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29515 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29517 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29518 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29519 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29520 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29521 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29523 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29524 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29527 HEADER INSERTION:
29528 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29529 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29530 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29533 STUTTERING:
29534 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29535 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29536 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29537 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29539 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29540 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29541 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29542 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29543 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29546 WORD COMPLETION:
29547 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29548 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29549 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29550 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29552 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29553 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29554 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29555 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29556 beginning with \"std\").
29558 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29559 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29560 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29561 stop.
29564 COMMENTS:
29565 `--' puts a single comment.
29566 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29567 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29568 with a comment in between.
29569 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29570 out following lines.
29571 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29572 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29574 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29575 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29576 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29577 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29578 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29579 non-nil.
29581 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29582 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29583 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29584 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29585 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29586 multi-line comments.
29589 INDENTATION:
29590 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29591 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29592 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29593 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29595 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29596 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29597 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29598 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29600 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29601 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29602 and vice versa.
29604 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29605 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29608 ALIGNMENT:
29609 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29610 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29611 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29612 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29613 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29614 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29615 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29616 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29618 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29619 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29620 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29621 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29622 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29623 is non-nil.
29625 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29626 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29627 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29629 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29630 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29633 CODE FILLING:
29634 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29635 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29636 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29637 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29638 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29639 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29642 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29643 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29644 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29645 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29646 command:
29648 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29651 PORT TRANSLATION:
29652 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29653 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29654 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29655 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29656 internal signal initializations (menu).
29658 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29659 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29660 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29662 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29663 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29664 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29665 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29666 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29667 in subsequent paste operations.)
29669 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29670 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29671 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29674 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29675 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29676 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29677 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29678 association list with formals).
29681 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29682 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29683 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29684 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29685 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29686 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29687 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29688 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29689 `vhdl-testbench'.
29692 KEY BINDINGS:
29693 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29696 VHDL MENU:
29697 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29700 FILE BROWSER:
29701 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29702 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29703 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29705 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29706 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29709 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29710 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29711 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29712 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29714 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29715 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29716 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29718 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29719 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29720 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29721 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29723 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29724 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29725 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29726 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29727 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29729 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29730 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29731 required by secondary units.
29734 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29735 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29736 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29737 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29738 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29739 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29740 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29741 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29742 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29743 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29744 inputs to this component -> input port created
29745 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29746 outputs from this component -> output port created
29747 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29748 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29750 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29751 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29752 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29753 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29754 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29756 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29757 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29759 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29760 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29761 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29762 component instantiation is also supported (option
29763 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29765 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29766 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29767 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29768 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29769 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29770 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29771 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29772 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29773 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29774 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29775 | generating the configuration.
29777 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29778 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29779 | configurations in speedbar.
29781 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29784 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29785 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29786 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29787 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29788 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29789 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29790 information. New compilers can be added.
29792 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29793 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29796 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29797 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29798 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29799 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29800 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29802 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29803 command:
29805 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29806 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29807 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29809 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29810 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29811 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29812 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29813 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29814 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29815 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29817 Limitations:
29818 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29819 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29820 not (yet) supported.
29821 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29822 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29823 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29826 PROJECTS:
29827 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29828 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29829 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29830 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29831 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29832 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29833 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29834 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29836 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29837 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29838 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29839 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29840 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29841 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29842 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29843 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29844 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29845 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29846 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29849 SPECIAL MENUES:
29850 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29851 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29852 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29853 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29854 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29855 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29856 current directory for VHDL source files.
29859 VHDL STANDARDS:
29860 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29861 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29864 KEYWORD CASE:
29865 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29866 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29867 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29868 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29869 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29870 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29871 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29872 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29875 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29876 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29877 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29878 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29879 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29880 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29881 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29883 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29884 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29885 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29886 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29887 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29888 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29890 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29891 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29892 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29893 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29894 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29895 visually.
29897 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29898 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29899 highlighted if written in lower case.
29901 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29902 highlighted using a different background color if option
29903 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29905 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29906 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29907 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29908 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29909 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29912 USER MODELS:
29913 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29914 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29915 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29918 HIDE/SHOW:
29919 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29920 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29921 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29922 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29923 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29926 CODE UPDATING:
29927 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29928 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29929 Limitations:
29930 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29931 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29932 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29933 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29934 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29935 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29936 (used to obtain the port names).
29939 CODE FIXING:
29940 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29941 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29944 PRINTING:
29945 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29946 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29947 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29948 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29949 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29950 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29951 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29952 printers.
29955 OPTIONS:
29956 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29957 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29958 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29959 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29960 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29962 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29963 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29964 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29965 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29966 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29967 INSTALL file).
29969 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29970 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29973 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29974 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29975 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29976 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29978 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29981 HINTS:
29982 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29983 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29985 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29987 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29989 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29992 RELEASE NOTES:
29993 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29996 Maintenance:
29997 ------------
29999 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30000 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30002 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30004 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30005 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30006 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30007 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30009 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30010 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30011 where the latest version can be found.
30014 Known problems:
30015 ---------------
30017 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30018 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30019 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30022 The VHDL Mode Authors
30023 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30025 Key bindings:
30026 -------------
30028 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30030 \(fn)" t nil)
30032 ;;;***
30034 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19184 20068))
30035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30037 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30038 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30039 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30040 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30042 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30043 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30044 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30045 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30046 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30048 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30049 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30051 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30053 * Limitations and unsupported features
30054 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30055 not supported.
30056 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30057 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30059 * Modifications
30060 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30061 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30062 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30063 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30064 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30065 for undoing a repeated change command.
30066 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30067 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30068 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30070 * Extensions
30071 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30072 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30073 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30074 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30075 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30076 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30077 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30078 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30080 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30082 \(fn)" t nil)
30084 ;;;***
30086 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30087 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30088 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30089 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19005 47397))
30090 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30092 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30093 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30095 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30097 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30098 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30099 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30100 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30104 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30105 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30107 \(fn)" t nil)
30109 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30110 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30111 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30112 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30114 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30116 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30117 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30119 \(fn)" t nil)
30121 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30122 Not documented
30124 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30126 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30127 Not documented
30129 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30131 ;;;***
30133 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30134 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30135 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30136 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30137 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19181 51328))
30138 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30140 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30141 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30142 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30144 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30146 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30147 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30148 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30149 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30151 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30153 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30154 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30156 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30158 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30159 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30160 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30161 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30162 moving around in the buffer.
30163 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30164 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30166 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30168 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30170 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30171 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30172 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30173 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30175 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30176 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30177 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30178 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30179 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30181 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30183 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30185 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30186 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30187 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30188 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30189 buffer.
30191 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30192 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30193 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30194 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30195 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30197 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30199 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30201 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30202 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30203 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30204 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30205 moving around in the buffer.
30206 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30207 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30209 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30211 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30212 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30213 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30215 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30216 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30217 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30218 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30220 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30222 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30223 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30224 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30225 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30226 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30227 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30228 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30229 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30231 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30233 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30234 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30235 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30237 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30239 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30240 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30241 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30242 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30243 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30244 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30245 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30246 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30248 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30250 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30251 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30252 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30254 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30256 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30257 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30258 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30259 turn it off.
30261 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30262 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30263 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30264 read-only.
30265 \\<view-mode-map>
30266 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30267 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30268 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30269 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30270 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30272 H, h, ? This message.
30273 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30274 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30275 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30276 > move to the end of buffer.
30277 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30278 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30279 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30280 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30281 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30282 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30283 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30284 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30285 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30286 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30287 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30288 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30289 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30290 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30291 Use this to view a changing file.
30292 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30293 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30294 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30295 . set the mark.
30296 x exchanges point and mark.
30297 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30298 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30299 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30300 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30301 ' go to position saved in character register.
30302 s do forward incremental search.
30303 r do reverse incremental search.
30304 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30305 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30306 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30307 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30308 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30309 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30310 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30311 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30312 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30313 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30314 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30315 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30316 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30317 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30318 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30319 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30320 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30322 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30323 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30324 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30325 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30326 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30327 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30328 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30329 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30330 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30332 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30336 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30337 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30338 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30339 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30340 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30341 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30342 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30343 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30344 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30346 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30348 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30349 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30350 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30351 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30352 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30353 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30354 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30356 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30357 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30358 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30359 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30360 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30361 1) nil Do nothing.
30362 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30363 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30364 frame.
30365 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30366 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30367 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30368 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30370 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30372 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30374 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30376 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30377 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30379 \(fn)" t nil)
30381 ;;;***
30383 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19184
30384 ;;;;;; 20068))
30385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30387 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30388 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30390 \(fn)" nil nil)
30392 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30393 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30395 \(fn)" t nil)
30397 ;;;***
30399 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30400 ;;;;;; (19209 49520))
30401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30403 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30404 Toggle Viper on/off.
30405 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30407 \(fn)" t nil)
30409 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30410 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30412 \(fn)" t nil)
30414 ;;;***
30416 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30417 ;;;;;; (19188 27683))
30418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30420 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30421 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30422 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30423 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30424 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30425 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30426 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30427 the beginning of the warning.")
30429 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30430 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30431 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30432 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30433 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30434 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30435 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30436 also call that function before the next warning.")
30438 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30439 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30441 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30442 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30443 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30444 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30446 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30447 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30448 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30449 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30450 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30451 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30453 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30454 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30455 Default is :warning.
30457 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30458 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30459 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30460 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30461 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30462 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30464 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30465 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30466 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30468 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30470 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30471 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30473 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30475 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30476 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30477 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30478 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30480 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30481 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30482 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30483 can be whatever you like.)
30485 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30486 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30488 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30489 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30490 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30491 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30492 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30494 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30496 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30497 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30498 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30499 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30500 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30502 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30504 ;;;***
30506 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30507 ;;;;;; (19131 61468))
30508 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30510 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30511 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30512 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30513 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30514 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30515 in disk.
30517 See `wdired-mode'.
30519 \(fn)" t nil)
30521 ;;;***
30523 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19005 47402))
30524 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30526 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30527 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30529 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30530 hotlist.
30532 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30533 <nwv@acm.org>.
30535 \(fn)" t nil)
30537 ;;;***
30539 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30540 ;;;;;; (19005 47405))
30541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30542 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30543 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30545 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30547 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30548 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30549 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30552 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30554 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30556 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30557 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30558 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30559 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30561 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30562 and off otherwise.
30564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30566 ;;;***
30568 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30569 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30570 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30571 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19198 52513))
30572 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30574 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30575 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30577 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30578 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30579 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30581 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30582 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30586 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30587 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30589 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30590 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30591 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30593 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30594 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30595 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30596 use `whitespace-mode'.
30598 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30602 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30603 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30604 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30606 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30607 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30609 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30611 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30612 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30614 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30615 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30616 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30618 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30619 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30623 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30624 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30625 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30626 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30627 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30628 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30630 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30632 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30633 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
30635 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30636 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30637 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30639 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
30640 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
30641 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
30642 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
30644 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30648 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30649 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
30651 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30652 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
30654 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30655 and restart local whitespace-mode.
30657 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
30659 CHAR MEANING
30660 (VIA FACES)
30661 t toggle TAB visualization
30662 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30663 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30664 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30665 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30666 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30667 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30668 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30669 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30670 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30671 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30672 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30673 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30674 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30675 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30676 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30678 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30679 T toggle TAB visualization
30680 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30681 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30683 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30684 ? display brief help
30686 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30687 The valid symbols are:
30689 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30690 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30691 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30692 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30693 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30694 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30695 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30696 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30697 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30698 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
30699 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30700 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30701 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30702 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30703 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30704 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30706 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
30707 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30708 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
30710 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
30712 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
30714 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30716 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30717 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
30719 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30720 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
30722 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30723 and restart global whitespace-mode.
30725 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
30727 CHAR MEANING
30728 (VIA FACES)
30729 t toggle TAB visualization
30730 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30731 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30732 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30733 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30734 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30735 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30736 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30737 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30738 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30739 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30740 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30741 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30742 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30743 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30744 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30746 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30747 T toggle TAB visualization
30748 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30749 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30751 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30752 ? display brief help
30754 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30755 The valid symbols are:
30757 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30758 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30759 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30760 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30761 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30762 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30763 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30764 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30765 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30766 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
30767 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30768 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30769 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30770 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30771 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30772 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30774 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
30775 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30776 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
30778 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
30780 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
30782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30784 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
30785 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
30787 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
30788 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
30789 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
30790 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
30791 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
30793 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
30795 The problems cleaned up are:
30797 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30798 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30799 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
30800 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
30802 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30803 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
30804 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
30805 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
30806 SPACEs.
30807 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
30808 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
30809 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
30810 replace TABs by SPACEs.
30812 4. SPACEs before TAB.
30813 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
30814 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30815 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30816 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30817 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30818 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30819 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30821 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30822 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
30823 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30825 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30826 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
30827 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30828 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30829 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30830 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30831 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30832 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30834 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
30835 documentation.
30837 \(fn)" t nil)
30839 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
30840 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
30842 The problems cleaned up are:
30844 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30845 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
30846 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
30847 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
30848 SPACEs.
30849 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
30850 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
30851 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
30852 replace TABs by SPACEs.
30854 2. SPACEs before TAB.
30855 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
30856 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30857 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30858 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30859 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30860 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30861 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30863 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30864 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
30865 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30867 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30868 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
30869 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30870 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30871 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30872 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30873 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30874 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30876 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
30877 documentation.
30879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30881 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
30882 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
30884 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
30885 non-nil.
30887 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
30888 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
30889 `whitespace-style' to have:
30891 empty
30892 trailing
30893 indentation
30894 space-before-tab
30895 space-after-tab
30897 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
30898 whitespace problems in buffer.
30900 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
30902 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
30903 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30904 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30905 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30906 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30907 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30908 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30910 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
30911 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30912 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30913 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30914 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
30915 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30916 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30918 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
30919 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
30920 cleaning up these problems.
30922 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
30924 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
30925 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
30927 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
30928 non-nil.
30930 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
30931 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
30932 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
30934 empty
30935 indentation
30936 space-before-tab
30937 trailing
30938 space-after-tab
30940 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
30941 whitespace problems in buffer.
30943 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
30945 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
30946 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30947 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30948 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30949 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30950 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30951 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30953 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
30954 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30955 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30956 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30957 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
30958 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30959 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30961 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
30962 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
30963 cleaning up these problems.
30965 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
30967 ;;;***
30969 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30970 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19005 47387))
30971 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30973 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
30974 Browse the widget under point.
30976 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30978 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
30979 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30981 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30983 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
30984 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30986 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30988 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
30989 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30990 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30994 ;;;***
30996 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30997 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19224
30998 ;;;;;; 11652))
30999 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31001 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31002 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31004 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31006 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31007 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31008 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31010 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31012 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31013 Create widget of TYPE.
31014 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31016 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31018 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31019 Delete WIDGET.
31021 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31023 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31024 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31026 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31028 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31029 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31030 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31032 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31033 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31035 \(fn)" nil nil)
31037 ;;;***
31039 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31040 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19005
31041 ;;;;;; 47387))
31042 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31044 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31045 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31046 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31047 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31048 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31049 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31050 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31054 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31055 Select the window above the current one.
31056 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31057 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31058 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31059 negative ARG) of the current window.
31060 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31064 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31065 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31066 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31067 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31068 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31069 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31070 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31074 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31075 Select the window below the current one.
31076 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31077 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31078 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31079 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31080 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31084 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31085 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31086 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31087 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31089 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31091 ;;;***
31093 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31094 ;;;;;; (19143 36129))
31095 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31097 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31098 Toggle Winner mode.
31099 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31100 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31102 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31104 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31105 Toggle Winner mode.
31106 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31110 ;;;***
31112 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31113 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19224 11652))
31114 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31116 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31117 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31118 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31119 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31120 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31122 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31124 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31125 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31126 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31127 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31128 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31129 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31130 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31131 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31133 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31134 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31136 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31138 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31139 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31141 \(fn)" t nil)
31143 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31144 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31145 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31146 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31147 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31148 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31149 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31150 `woman' command for further details.
31152 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31154 ;;;***
31156 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31157 ;;;;;; (19116 21921))
31158 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31160 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31161 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31163 BUGS:
31164 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31165 are not implemented
31166 - Options for search and replace
31167 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31168 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31170 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31171 Emacs-like.
31173 The key bindings are:
31175 C-a backward-word
31176 C-b fill-paragraph
31177 C-c scroll-up-line
31178 C-d forward-char
31179 C-e previous-line
31180 C-f forward-word
31181 C-g delete-char
31182 C-h backward-char
31183 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31184 C-j help-for-help
31185 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31186 C-l ws-repeat-search
31187 C-n open-line
31188 C-p quoted-insert
31189 C-r scroll-down-line
31190 C-s backward-char
31191 C-t kill-word
31192 C-u keyboard-quit
31193 C-v overwrite-mode
31194 C-w scroll-down
31195 C-x next-line
31196 C-y kill-complete-line
31197 C-z scroll-up
31199 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31200 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31201 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31202 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31203 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31204 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31205 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31206 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31207 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31208 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31209 C-k b ws-begin-block
31210 C-k c ws-copy-block
31211 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31212 C-k f find-file
31213 C-k h ws-show-markers
31214 C-k i ws-indent-block
31215 C-k k ws-end-block
31216 C-k p ws-print-block
31217 C-k q kill-emacs
31218 C-k r insert-file
31219 C-k s save-some-buffers
31220 C-k t ws-mark-word
31221 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31222 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31223 C-k v ws-move-block
31224 C-k w ws-write-block
31225 C-k x kill-emacs
31226 C-k y ws-delete-block
31228 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31229 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31230 C-o j justify-current-line
31231 C-o k kill-buffer
31232 C-o l list-buffers
31233 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31234 C-o r set-fill-column
31235 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31236 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31237 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31238 C-o wo other-window
31239 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31241 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31242 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31243 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31244 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31245 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31246 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31247 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31248 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31249 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31250 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31251 C-q a ws-query-replace
31252 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31253 C-q c end-of-buffer
31254 C-q d end-of-line
31255 C-q f ws-search
31256 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31257 C-q l ws-undo
31258 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31259 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31260 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31261 C-q w ws-last-error
31262 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31263 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31265 \(fn)" t nil)
31267 ;;;***
31269 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19143 36131))
31270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31272 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31273 Perform an interactive search.
31274 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31275 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31276 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31277 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31279 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31280 Example:
31282 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31284 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31286 ;;;***
31288 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31289 ;;;;;; (19227 62907))
31290 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31292 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31293 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31294 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31295 Returns the top node with all its children.
31296 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31297 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31299 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31301 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31302 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31303 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31304 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31305 is not well-formed XML.
31306 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31307 and returned as the first element of the list.
31308 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31310 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31312 ;;;***
31314 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31315 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19188 27683))
31316 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31318 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31319 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31320 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31321 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31322 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31323 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31324 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31325 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31326 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31327 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31329 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31331 ;;;***
31333 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19005
31334 ;;;;;; 47387))
31335 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31337 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31338 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31339 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31342 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31344 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31346 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31347 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31348 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31349 it off.
31351 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31352 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31353 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31354 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31355 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31356 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31360 ;;;***
31362 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31363 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19106 34048))
31364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31366 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31367 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31369 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31371 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31372 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31374 \(fn)" nil nil)
31376 ;;;***
31378 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31379 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19143 36132))
31380 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31382 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31383 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31385 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31387 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31388 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31390 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31392 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31393 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31394 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31396 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31398 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31399 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31401 \(fn)" t nil)
31403 ;;;***
31405 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19005 47402))
31406 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31408 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31409 Zone out, completely.
31411 \(fn)" t nil)
31413 ;;;***
31415 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
31416 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
31417 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
31418 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
31419 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
31420 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
31421 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
31422 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
31423 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
31424 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31425 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31426 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31427 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31428 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31429 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31430 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31431 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31432 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31433 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31434 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31435 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31436 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31437 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31438 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31439 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31440 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31441 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31442 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31443 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31444 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31445 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31446 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31447 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
31448 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31449 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31450 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31451 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31452 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31453 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31454 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31455 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31456 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31457 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31458 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31459 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31460 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31461 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31462 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31463 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31464 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31465 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31466 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31467 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el"
31468 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31469 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31470 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31471 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31472 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31473 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31474 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31475 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31476 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31477 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31478 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31479 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31480 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31481 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31482 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31483 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31484 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31485 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31486 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31487 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
31488 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
31489 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dnd.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31490 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-hook.el" "ediff-init.el"
31491 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31492 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31493 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31494 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31495 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31497 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
31498 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31499 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31500 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31501 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31502 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31503 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31504 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31505 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31506 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31507 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31508 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31509 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31510 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
31511 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
31512 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31513 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31514 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31515 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31516 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31517 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31518 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31519 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31520 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
31521 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "font-setting.el"
31522 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31523 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
31524 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31525 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31526 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31527 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31528 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
31529 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31530 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31531 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31532 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31533 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31534 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31535 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31536 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31537 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31538 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31539 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31540 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31541 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31542 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31543 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31544 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31545 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31546 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
31547 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "image.el" "indent.el"
31548 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
31549 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31550 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31551 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31552 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31553 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31554 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31555 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31556 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31557 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31558 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31559 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31560 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
31561 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
31562 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
31563 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
31564 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31565 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
31566 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
31567 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
31568 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31569 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31570 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31571 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31572 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
31573 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31574 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "menu-bar.el"
31575 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31576 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31577 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31578 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31579 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31580 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31581 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31582 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el" "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el"
31583 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31584 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31585 ;;;;;; "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el"
31586 ;;;;;; "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
31587 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el"
31588 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31589 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
31590 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31591 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31592 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31593 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31594 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31595 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31596 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el"
31597 ;;;;;; "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31598 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
31599 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31600 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
31601 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
31602 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31603 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31604 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31605 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31606 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31607 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31608 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31609 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31610 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31611 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31612 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31613 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31614 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31615 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31616 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31617 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el"
31618 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31619 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31620 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31621 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31622 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31623 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31624 ;;;;;; "tool-bar.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
31625 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31626 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31627 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31628 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31629 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
31630 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (19231
31631 ;;;;;; 351 649180))
31633 ;;;***
31635 (provide 'loaddefs)
31636 ;; Local Variables:
31637 ;; version-control: never
31638 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31639 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31640 ;; coding: utf-8
31641 ;; End:
31642 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here